3 eke, Royse Eten Geom ile im i eh Waals Bie “WO beh ba iced 2 Dudas ict aa ere TS es ASS GRE: Zh ip: Mysdin pe Oi awrite els) ode a ct ie 4a . esha inieaniine PW Me 4-3 3) HA i Eee 4M (he if) sae BKaia he welled (nea riches af ah ay<h | are Ga Sutiete aot etee edebsicetcdeae = be Shedaiaie ial ren) Lt Nag aga U's sieeeideicicel PA be tate: sialslgesi afsyaue tS Be oa aa cat pens: cel ifs as sisae Seva +h et SUPA BA (fa WH eistte { Eadie ah 4. bem 2. Teens see a3) ; iy Pas § So ATU ye iby Prec ok gall eh pone Mie CO sibs PB cabs. ; pe beet. Kad 19 he 3 NetMeoGye gt Wt 3g 4 AW lere Ria 4th , A Tit fa why nye ey ; Hneirrg oh. #) : tS hieirics falhe Wis Ont aae be Ie he appr : Ave WS fy hbo if Liptay i 4 fs Wark iba irerinnelrs Ap i" va end HSA SMe AON 2 ha la be i le 988 Heo avin inbeae 1 We fh ay WeMvaihe ony ihc iy Ey rriren nr Satan Sole t, ih ny ; Hwa: ‘ppg pe mls i Dame bbe Si) Madan aN semis MMS ishahans inte S Setetrall shen eh signi: Mal se MAEM idiot: Gamupeteys ; rite rei é Wresihedei ageing wale 4 ca biotlh tik iioe: i Ehepwies Pe S aly ane fe daa a8 Heo i Ge ig eet BANS Lyi Wstage ints OR ke og § Diinuekey ff ane Iy. ve ila ibas wee eat es ha) ohhest Abe 8A Saale a iene et cere t et Ape Ses iG peg eae 3: peek a = eee Be ans, Eisits : Hi its =f Ne Eek seca Sec eae STS SS —sS ae ROS T sks cw D as = oe = ey © ae a Ivis Sectional Library @ ° lam ull W 33 SSRN SSS aa AAAIAIA AANA Ned , fi eee) si pe Nal Mit er Ee yt i UP OI Al ns 8 So fee BN aie We Paseo : a NSN Biri t Algne - A t Mh ne Fr pe )] sai 9 ike Fg Y i e a moll THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY : 4 e (Founded 1874) BEING THE ORGAN OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL - SOCIE FY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND EDITED, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE COUNCIL, Se.ctier wl Ti] fore BY 4 J-R. Le -B. TOMLIN, M.A RES: og GT Sete Gee 1934-1937. : i: <_< «<> | : ** o¢ Lonpon: Mr. D. Nutt (A. G. Berry), 212 Shaftesbury Avenue, W.C. 2. Sold also at the Headquarters of the Society, THE MANCHESTER Museum, The University, Manchester, 13. PRINTED BY STEPHEN AUSTIN & Sons, LTp., HERTFORD. NEW NAMES PROPOSED IN THIS VOLUME. Gontodorts ovata Barnard Limapontia depressa (A. & H.) var. r. pellucida oe Lucina odontotis Salisbury . Melanopsis doriz Issel var. nigra Biggs Hyridella bardwelli Clench Albinaria green 'Tomlin ; Berthellina engelt Gardiner, n.g. & sp. Macrocallista (Paradione) bardwelli Clench and Mae. Edentulina ulugurensis Bequaert and Clench . Edentulina usambarensis Bequaert and Clench Armenica (Creniclavis) euprepes Biggs . Conus hopwoodi Tomlin Aglaja twasai Hirase Gonaxis (Macrogonaxts) lover ae Sones aa leach. Monacha tranica Biggs Helicella millepunctata Bttg. var. osoat o. . 3 ,, var. castaneoradiata Biggs 55 se ,, var. hyalepunctata Biggs Melanopsis doriz Issel var. fasciata Biggs as ss 5, var. carinata Biggs Theodoxus doriz Issel var. obscura Biggs su % 2 tito ne See ies Oh Td ae dL Vee 18TH MAY, 1934. ote. “JOURNAL Or 2 CONCHOLOGY FOUNDED 1874. BEING THE ORGAN OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL © SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Hon. Editor: ' Hon. Secretary: Hon. Treasurer : J.R.leB. TOMLIN, M.A.,| J. W. JACKSON, D.Sc., | C. OLDHAM, F.LS., 23 Boscobel Road, The Museum, The Bollin, : St. Leonards-on-Sea, The University, Shrublands Road, Manchester. Berkhamsted. CONTENTS. List of Officers and Council .. , I g A New Species of Coney from South Africa (with fe figures)—Dr. BARNAR 2 Oldhaven and Thanet Sand Moll. of Herne Bay (Presidential : Address)—J. E. Cooper .. 4 Names of British Mollusca. II sok, WIncKworTH 9 Limapontia depressa (A. & H.) var. nov.in Scotland (with map)—D. K. Kevan 16 Habitat of Facelina drummondi (A. & H )—Miss N. “FISHER 24 Proceedings: 7th Oct. (Annual Mise) 11th Nov., gth Dec., 1933 ; ; ae deat = ua ; ; 25 Accounts e te a 30 Lonpon: Dutavu & Co., Lrp., 32 Otp Bonp STREET, W. 1. Sold also at the Headquarters of the Society, THE MANCHESTER MuseEuM, THE UNIVERSITY, MANCHESTER, PRINTED BY STEPHEN Austin & Sons, LTpD., HERTFORD. Re es ve : ee 2 ees Sy a f } ‘ € “a ee fj i S va NORTH WESTERN NATURALIST A Scientific and Educational Journal (Published Quarterly) especially for Cheshire, Cumberland, Pay Isle of Man, Lancashire, North Wales, ee . ee Staffordshire and Westmorland. - Edited by A. A. DALLMAN, F.C. S. : in collaboration with ~ Hi. Britten, F.E.S., G. H. Carpenter, D.Sc., R. H. Conisepbing. B. Sc, J. W. a Jackson, D.Sc., E.G. S., C. L. Walton, M.Sc., Ph.D., F. E. Weiss, D.Sc., ER. Sis . AS Wilson, F.L. S:; F.R.Met.S. Communications to: Editorial—A. A. Dallman, F. CS. «5 17 Mount Road, Ee Penne, Hiskenhead. Business—T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath. | Annual Subscription 7/6. Single Cope 2/= net. Printed by T. Buncle & Co., Arbroath, Scotland. _ COLLECTOR'S MAN UAL — of — BRITISH LAND & FRESHWATER SHELLS ) 10/6. By LIONEL E. ADAMS, B.A a Apply C. Oldham ore = iG ene a Berkhamsted. For Sale CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS An exceptional opportunity for a Library or Private Collector. JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. A complete set. Vols. I—XIII bound in half calf; Vols. XIV to XVIII and first six parts of Vol. XIX in parts as issued. Vols. I, V and VI are out of print and Vol. I is virtually unobtainable: — Price 15 guineas. _ PROC. MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF Zoo” Vols. I to IV, in parts as issued. 1893-1901 .. ae Price £2/10 THE CONCHOLOGIST. 1891. Vol. Lin parts es -- Price 10/= MRS. MASEFIELD, ROSEHILL, CHEADLE, STAFFS. THE BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA By R WINCKWORTH, M.A. _ COPIES may be had at 9d. each, post free, from Messrs. DuLAu & Co., LtpD., 32 Old Bond St., London, W.1, or from the eee of the Society. THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. VOL. 20. 18th MAY, 1934. INO. 2. LIST OF OFFICERS AND COUNCIL FOR 1933-4. PRESIDENT : A. P. GARDINER, B.Sc. VICE-PRESIDENTS : . SPENCE . LUCAS, F.G:S. _ ADAMS, B.A. . BLOOMER, F.L.S. . BOWELL, M.A., IM.R.C.S. AE: BOYCOTT, M.A., » ERS, , COLLINGE, D.Sc... (St. MSc. (Birm,),” Fils, . CONNOLLY. aie COOKE, M.A., D.Sc., S. . COOPER. | Blected , HON. TREASURER : | ¢” OLDHAM, F.L.S., F.Z.S. HON. EDITOR : B. TOMLIN, M.A., S. Se mh 9 . LE RE. HON. H. CROWTHER, M.Sc., F.R.M.S., rz. J. WILFRID JACKSON, D.Sc., F.G5S. A. S. KENNARD, A.L.S., F.G:S. R. F. SCHARFF, Pu.D., M.R.LA. E. W. SWANTON, ee E.R. SYKES, B.A., FLL.S, J.R. ve B. TOMLIN, M.A., F.R.E.S. HUGH WATSON, M.A. R. J. WELCH, M.Sc., M.R.I.A. R. WINCKWORTH, M.A.., PF RGS. HON. SECRETARY : J. WILFRID JACKSON, D.Sc., ea cr HON. LIBRARIAN AND CURATOR : C. H. MOORE. RECORDERS : Non-MariIneE Mo.uusca : Pror. A. E.. BOYCOTT, M.A., D.M., F.R.S. MARINE MOLLUSCA : A. P. GARDINER, B.Sc. COUNCIL : J. DAVY DEAN, F.E.S. A. W. STELFOX, M.R.ILA. H. COATES, F.R.S.E. A. K. LAWSON, F.R. Met. Soc. Rev. G. H. CARPENTER, D.Sc. | W. H. DAVIES. YORKSHIRE BRANCH. President : CHARLES ALLEN. Hon. Secretary: J. R. Diss. President : Hon. Secretary : Guy L. WILKINS. LONDON BRANCH. A. S. KennarD, A.L.S. NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE BRANCH. President : Hon. Secretary: B. BRYAN. A NEW SPECIES OF GONIODORIS FROM SOUTH AFRICA. By K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc., F.L.S. (South African Museum Cape Town). > (Read before the Society, 16th September, 1933.) ONLY a single representative of the family Okeniidz (olzm Gonio- dorididz) has hitherto been known from South Africa, viz. [daliella amoenula Bgh. In June, 1933, while examining the bottom of the training ship General Botha in Simonstown dry-dock, I found two nudibranchs which appeared to belong to the genus Gontodoris. The ship had been moored in Simon’s Bay for three and a half years. The specimens were 20-21 mm. long and 11-12 mm. broad. The colour was orange-buff, with the dark bluish internal organs showing through on the back and right side; the gills, clubs of the rhinophores and some of the tubercles darker brownish. The shape of the body is much more broadly oval than the figures of G. nodosa (Mont.) and G. castanea A. & H. (Alder & Hancock, Brit. Nudibr. Moll., pls. 18, 19; Garstang, 7. Mar. Biol Assoc, 4, pl. 27, 1800; Baba, Venus, u, pl. 2, fis. 3, 4930) or even Vayssiere’s figure of castanea (Ann. Mus. Marseulle, 1, pi ay fie. 9, 1001). In other respects the external characters are typical. The head tentacles are blunt, digitiform, with a slight, somewhat nodose ridge on upper surface ; the free edge of the mantle slightly undulate (in one specimen feebly scalloped), continuous in front of the rhinophores but interrupted behind the gills, and not continuous with the ridge on the tail ; a slight medio-dorsal keel. Back elevated and smooth, but the sides with fairly numerous small tubercles. Gills nine, not quite symmetrical, tripinnate, some of them bifurcate distally ; the hindermost two are shorter, more papilliform, with stout axis and less exsert pinne. Cuticular spicules feebly nodulose. Internal anatomy in general corresponding with Alder & Hancock’s account (loc. cit., pl. 17, fig. 1). Suctorial crop (ingluvies) completely sessile on the buccal sac. No labial armature. Radula consisting of fourteen pairs of large hamate teeth, rachis naked, no small plate-like laterals, formula 0.1.0.1.0. ; the apices of the teeth have a slight ridge, but no denticles. From the typical species of Goniodoris this form differs in the tripinnate gills, and the absence of labial armature and outer lateral teeth on the radula; the ingluvies has not even a short petiole. BARNARD : NEW GONIODORIS. 3 Nevertheless, it is so obviously a “‘ Goniodoris ”’ that I propose to include it in this genus under the name Gontodoris ovata n.sp. Risbec’s species G. joubini and G. violacea from New Caledonia (Faune Col. Franc., ii, 1928) are quite different. Goniodoris ovata n.sp. radula tooth. 4 ‘OLDHAVEN AND THANET SAND MOLLUSCA OF HERNE BAY. (Presidential Address delivered at the Annual Meeting, 7th October, 1933.) By J. E. Cooper. To the geologist the north-east coast of Kent is of great interest, and the small piece between Herne Bay and Reculver is especially worthy of study as it contains the classic section of the Oldhaven beds. _ Geologizing on our coast is not without incidents. Any one who has put his foot into a London Clay “‘ mud-glacier ’’—they abound in the winter—will not do it again in a hurry. After heavy weather the beach is sometimes well scoured, and one may possibly spot the butt-end of a Mammoth tusk in the “clay-with-flints”’. Then follows a race home for a spade, followed by some strenuous digging so as to forestall the rising tide. With luck the tusk is excavated, and having been hidden under some bushes for the night, is brought home next morning precariously balanced on a bike. Oldhaven Gap, now called Bishopstone Glen, is a ravine in the cliffs about midway between Herne Bay and Reculver. The section now shortly described is a little west of Bishopstone Glen. The cliff here is about 100 feet high. SECTION 200 YDS. WEST OF BISHOPSTONE GLEN (OLDHAVEN Gap). PLEISTOCENE Gravel, abt. 5’. EOCENE Blue Clay, abt. 40’. London Clay Buff and greyish Sand, abt. 25’. Oldhaven (Many Mollusca.) Black Pebble band. Landenian Light grey and greenish Sand, “Woolwich ”’ abt. 26°. O0.D.—____|-—-O LD. Foreshore. Thanet. Sandy Clay (with Mollusca). PLEISTOCENE. The top stratum is a few feet of gravel. EOCENE. About 40 feet of London Clay, then some 25 feet of Oldhaven beds, with a band of black pebbles at the base; next come 25 feet of sand, which represent the Woolwich beds. As this bed is marine COOPER : THANET SAND MOLLUSCA. 5 and cannot be satisfactorily separated from the underlying ‘Thanet series, it seems best to adopt Wooldridge’s suggestion ? and call the whole Landenian. The sandy clay of the Thanet Sand comes out on the foreshore. OLDHAVEN Beps.—These contain numerous mollusca. Thin irregular bands of shells (mostly Cyprina morrisit) run through the loose sand. Near the base is a fairly constant thick band of shelly limestone, sometimes hard, sometimes rotten, occasionally passing into loose sand. Most of the species listed below came from close to this section, the rest were obtained from a spot about one-third of a mile to the east. Nucula proava 8. V. Wood. Scarce. N. fragilis (Desh.). Rather common. N. sextans 8S. V. Wood. Scarce. . N. striatella S. V. Wood. A few only. N. cf. prelevigata S. V. Wood. Two odd valves. Nucula sp. This bears some resemblance to N. proava, but differs in shape and it has very strong hinge-teeth. It does not seem to fit any described species. Glycymerts terebratularis (L.). A few. G. plumsteadtensis (J. Sow.). A few. Modiola simplex J. Sow. Scarce; a very frail shell. M. cf. depressa J. Sow. One example. Mytilus (Arcomytilus). ?n.sp. One only. Astarte elevata G. B. Sow. Not uncommon. Cyprina morris J. Sow. Very common and very variable. Trapezium n.sp. <A few valves. Dosiniopsis bellovacensis (Desh.). Common. ! Protocaratum plumsteadianum (J. Sow.), including P. laytont Morris. The small form (/aytonz) is abundant ; when in good con- dition it has a smooth creamy pioeiaat The thicker and larger form (plumsteadianum) is much less common. Corbula morrisu Edw. MS. Common. C. regulbiensis Morris. Also common. Panopza intermedia J. Sow. A few. Cyrtodaria rutupiensis (Morris). A few. Pteria media (J. Sow.). One small example. Calyptrxa suessoniensis (Orb.). Scarce. Ficus nodulifera (G. B. Sow.). Not uncommon. It seems to occur in small colonies. 1 Proc. Geol. Assoc., xxxvi, p. 3, Oct., 1925. Since the above was read Mr. A. G. Davis has told me that the name ‘‘ Bishopstone’”’ has been proposed for the ‘‘ Woolwich ”’ marine beds of East Kent. 6 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. Ficus sp. A single specimen, which appears to differ from any of the species described in Proc. Malac. Soc., xviii, p. 235. Natica (Polynices) abducta (Desh.). Common. i. i repanda (Desh.). Common. _N. (Euspira) glaucinoides J. Sow. Common. Natica sp. A few of a remarkably high-spired form, not identified. Ampullina sp. One example. Odostomia cf. regularis Edw. MS. Rare. Aporrhais sowerby1 Mantell. Common. A. margerini S. Gardner (non de Kon.). A few. Siphonalia mariz (Melleville). Not uncommon and very variable ; one specimen of the large form with less prominent knobs, which has been found at Swanscombe Hill. “ Buccinum’’ concinnum G. B. Sow. (QO.7.G.S., 1859, p. 136). Several specimens. The genus of this shell is uncertain, as the characters of the aperture are as yet unknown. Hemipleurotoma infraeocenica Cossm. Fairly common. HI. cf. laubrieret Cossm. With the last. cf. Parvisipho sp. A pretty little shell found with the last two. Besides mollusca, the Oldhaven Beds contain sharks’ teeth of at least three species ; scales, spines, and vertebrz of fish, also bones of a small Chelonian. In clayintercalations amber-coloured crystals of gypsum arefound. LANDENIAN.—In this section the upper part (“‘ Woolwich ’’) has no mollusca. CorBULA BED.—Some 26 feet below the pebble band of the Oldhaven Beds there is a scattered line of “‘ pockets’’ formed of slightly hardened sand, full of C. regulbiensis. ‘This bed is first seen a little west of Bishopstone Glen. It can be traced in the cliff nearly as far as Reculver. It contains :— | Nucula fragilis (Desh.). Scarce. Glycymeris plumsteadiensis (J. Sow.). Scarce. G. terebratularis (L.). Rare. Cyprina morrisit J. Sow. A few. C. scutellaria Lam. Fragments. Dosiniopsis beltovacensis (Desh.). A few. Protocardium plumsteadianum (J. Sow.). The small form [= laytoni (Morris)] occurs occasionally. Protocardium sp. A scarce form, which attains the size of plumsteadianum, but differs from that species by having about fifteen sharply tubercled ribs on the posterior fifth of the shell. Corbula regulbiensis Morris. In vast quantities. Many specimens have an accessory rostral plate. This was first noted by a Belgian student, the late E. Vincent. Cyrtodaria rutupiensis (Morris). A few. COOPER : THANET SAND MOLLUSCA. 7 Panopexa intermedia J. Sow. A few. P. granulata Morris. Scarce. Sanguinolaria edwardsi Morris. Scarce. Thracia oblata J. Sow. Very rare. Cucullza decussata Park. The typical form is scarce. Most of the specimens found are smaller than the Thanet Sand form and are almost square in outline. Ostrea bellovacina Desh. Rare. Calyptrea suessoniensis (Orb.). Rare. Ficus intermedia (Melleville). Scarce. Natica (Polynices) abducta (Desh.). A few. Re repanda (Desh.). Frequent. IN. (Euspira) glaucinoides J. Sow. Frequent. N. cf. (Lunatia) viviparoides Cossm. Rare. This is near the high- spired Oldhaven species noted above. Aporrhais sowerbyi Mant. A few. Epitonium bowerbanki (Morris). Very rare. Siphonalia mariz (Mellev.). Scarce. Much smaller than the Oldhaven form and more highly sculptured. Cominella bicoronata (Mellev.). Very rare. Hemipleurotoma cf. infraeoczenica Cossm. Very rare. Tornatellza parisiensis (Desh.). Very rare. Entaliopsis brevis (Desh.). Frequent. The Corbula band shells are mostly silicified, but sometimes | there occur hard flinty lumps in which the shells of the Corbula have perished, leaving perfect casts of the exteriors. As a rule the shells of the Corbula are perfect, while those of the associated species are crushed and broken. The inference is that the Corbula lived on the spot, while the others were “dead” — shells that were drifted into the pockets. On the same horizon one occasionally finds internal casts of a large Cyprina (probably C. scutellaria). No trace of the shell remains, and the hardened sand adheres to the smooth surface of the cast. This suggests that the Cyprina were already casts when deposited in the sand. In this stratum wood is common, mostly silicified, the rest as lignite. Pieces of the former are often riddled with the borings of Teredo antenaute J. Sow., varying from 3mm. to 1omm. in diameter. Probably Teredina personata Lam. is also present, but the actual shell has yet to be found. THANET SAND.—At Bishopstone a few feet of barren sand underlie the Corbula bed. Below this is a bed of greenish sandy clay with innumerable Cyprina. This stratum is sometimes well exposed on the shore. It contains :-— 8 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. ‘Nucula fragilis Desh. Scarce. Glycymeris terebratularis (L.). A few. G. plumsteadiensis (J. Sow.). Scarce. Astarte tenera J. Sow. A few. Cyprina morrisit J. Sow. In profusion, and showing great variation. C. scutellaria Lam. Much less common. Dosiniopsis bellovacensis (Desh.)._ Common. | Corbula regulbiensits Morris. Common in the top of the bed. C. morrisit Edw. MS. Scarce, with the last. Panopea granulata Morris. A few. P. intermedia J. Sow. A few. Cyrtodaria rutuptensis (Morris). Frequent. Sanguinolaria edwardsi Morris. A few. Thracia oblata J. Sow. Common. Pecten contubernalis S. V. Wood. Rare. Cucullza decussata Park. Common. _ Ostrea bellovacina Desh. Frequent, but only in the upper part of the bed. Large examples exceed 4 inches in diameter. Small specimens are found attached to pieces of pyritized wood. If, as sometimes happens, the convex valve is attached, the oyster had a decidedly thin time, as both valves became nearly flat. O. cymbuloides S. V. Wood appears to be merely a young shell of this species with more ribs than usual. Pholadomya cuneata J. Sow. A few. P. konincki Nyst. A few. Teredo antenautx J. Sow. and Teredina personata Lam. Are probably both represented, as ‘‘ Teredo”’ tubes are abundant in pyritized wood. _ Natica (Polynices) abducta (Desh.). Frequent. Aporrhats sowerbyi Mantell. Scarce. Cominella desort Desh. One example. A few other species have been seen, but in too poor condition to identify. Gasteropoda are decidedly scarce in the Thanet Sand, yet large numbers of the Pelecypoda are found bored, a curious fact which needs explanation. The foregoing lists are far from complete, they merely give the results of the writer’s collecting. In conclusion, I would express my cordial thanks to Mr. Arthur G. Wrigley for useful collecting hints and for much assistance in identifying the shells ; to Mr. L. R. Cox for help with names and for allowing me to consult the British Museum collections ; and to Dr. E. I. White for kindly identifying the sharks’ teeth. NAMES OF BRITISH MOLLUSCA.—II. By R. WinckwortH, M.A. (Read before the Society 9th December, 1933.) I am indebted to Mr. A. Wrigley for drawing my attention to four of the five following corrections to the List of British Marine Mollusca in Part 7 of this volume :— p. 228. For CASSIDARIA Lamarck 1816 vead GALEODEA Link 1807. p-. 243, no. 85. To the references add (cor). p. 244, no. 94. ‘To the references add (norvegicum). p. 244, no. ror. For ovata (Pennant 1777) read ovata Pennant 1777. p. 244, no. 106. For 332 read 382. The first correction requires comment. Galeodea Link is often quoted with the assertion that it is preoccupied by Olivier for a genus of beetles. Unfortunately this is one of the very few names I| took for granted and did not check. I have since looked up the alleged Galeodea of Olivier and find that it does not exist : the coleopterous genus is Galeodes.1 Galeodea Link is therefore available for the molluscan genus, and has the same type species as the later Cassidarta. ARCA LACTEA Linné (p. 239). Mr. Wrigley also disagrees with my placing of Arca lactea in the subgenus Barbatia. 1 agree with him in regarding it as a Fossularca ; but I had adopted Dall’s view that Calloarca, Granoarca, Striarca, Acar, Fossularca, etc., are only sections of the subgenus Barbatia, which ‘‘ merge into one another through their peripheral species”’.2 In Fossularca the lozenge occupied by the ligament is small and leaves part of the cardinal area uncovered on both sides, in Acar only the anterior part of this area is bare, and in Sérzarca the entire cardinal area is covered by the ligament. However, the recent species of Fossularca form a distinctive section, which, as Lamy? has pointed out, is also characterized by a peculiar sculpture, so that perhaps it is desirable to separate them. ‘The name Fossularca, however, is not to be used as (here again I am indebted to Mr. Wrigley for information) there are two earlier synonyms, namely Arcopsis von Koenen 1884 4 and Trigonodesma 1 Encyc. Meth., tome sixieme (Insectes), p. 579 (1791). 2 “ Tertiary Fauna of Florida,’ Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sct., vol. 3, p. 615 (1808). ® 7. Conchyl., vole 35; p. 4 (1907). 4 Paleocene Kopenhagen, p. 86. 10 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. S. V. Wood 1864,1 of which the genotype is the Eocene species Arca lissa Bayan = A. levigata Cuillat, non Spengler. In accordance with this point of view Arca lactea should be placed in :— s.G. TRIGONODESMA Wood 1864. A. lissa Bayan. DoripiciTaTa stricta Iredale & O’ Donoghue (p. 235). This is the species originally described by Garstang ? as Doris maculata, and in omitting it from the list, I was influenced by Eliot’s suggestion? that it might be an extreme variation of Doridigitata derelicta (Fischer), i.e. Doris verrucosa of Eliot and others. I have had opportunity of comparing the animal with the excellent figures given by Eliot (loc. cit., pl. 8), and I now believe this was a serious error of omission, so that the following addition must be made on p. 235, after no. 315 :— sticta Iredale & O’ Donoghue 1923. MONTACUTA PHASCOLIONIS Dautzenberg & Fischer (p. 243). I find that I gave no reference for this interesting little bivalve, which may well prove to occur in British waters as a commensal with Phascolion strombit (Montagu); this gephyrean is commonly found in the shells of Aporrhais, Turritella, Dentalium, etc., and may easily be recognized by its habit of filling the mouth of the shell it lives in with a cement of sand grains. A third associate of the group is Odostomia perezi (D. & F.). These two molluscs were Fics. 1-3: Montacuta phascohons D. & F., shell, x 6. Fics 4, 5: Montacuta phascolioms D. & F. hinge, X 15 approx. Fic. 6: Odostomia perezi (D. & F.), shell, x 8. Fic. 7: Odostoma perezi (D. & F.), detail of mouth, X 12 approx. 1 Eocene Bivalves, p. 86. 2 F¥. Mar. Biol. Assoc., vol. 4, p. 167 (1896). 3 Ray Society Monograph for 1919, p. 99 (1910). WINCKWORTH : BRITISH MOLLUSCA. | described in an interesting account of “‘ Les Mollusques marins du Finistere ’’,! which I commend to the notice of English con- chologists, and which should be consulted for the descriptions of these two species (pp. 81 and 126). I have to thank M. Ph. Dautzenberg for readily giving me permission to reproduce the original figures. MactTra GLAuCA Born (p. 246). I have marked this species in the list as Sarnian only, in spite of its recorded occurrence in Cornwall, for I can find no evidence that it occurs living to-day in British seas north of the Channel Islands. I imagine, though positive proof is lacking, that the Cornish examples are derived from a Holocene or Pleistocene bed below low water, from which numerous valves were at one time washed ashore. ‘* Almost all the British examples consist of the worn valves which were obtained by Miss Pocock (1801) from the sands of Hale in Cornwall.” 2. There are also records of one valve from Padstow and fragments at Lands End. A single valve was found on the sands at Hayle by Cocks in 1846, according to a MS. note in my copy of Jonathan Couch’s Cornish Fauna. I can find no later records in textbooks or local lists.® Most of the following notes on genera are stimulated by comments in a review of my list in the Japanese journal Venus.* AcmMa v. PATELLOIDA (p. 219). Acmea admittedly has one year’s priority over Patelloida, but it seems to me that since & and e are variants of the same letter in Latin,®> Acmzxa 1833 is preoccupied by Acmea 1821; both names are presumably derived from dxuy, and Hartmann’s genus of 1821 was emended to Acmaea by Agassiz. Unfortunately a loophole for argument is left, in that, while the point is settled for specific names in article 35 of the International Rules, where it is laid down that “‘ specific names . . . shall be considered homonyms if they are distinguished from each other only by . . . the use of ae, oe, and e, as caeruleus, coeruleus, and ceruleus’’, no similar statement is made for generic names. Presumably the same ruling must be applied to genera, although not definitely stated, since the rejection of homonyms is governed by similar rules for genera and species 1 Travaux de la Station Biologique de Roscoff, fasc. 3. Paris 1925. 2 Forbes & Hanley, British Mollusca, vol. i, p. 367 (1848). 3 Compare Victoria County History of Cornwall, vol. 1, p. 144. Vol. 3.99, 208 (1042). 5 Scientific Latin is not necessarily classical Latin. As an example of later Latin orthography, I will quote the two phrases Rex glorie and fines terre from a psalter now in front of me. 1 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. (arts. 34, 35). Acmeza therefore, being no longer available for the limpet, Patellotda, becomes the earliest name available for this genus. ASSIMINEA U. SYNCERA (p. 223). I do not see that it is possible to regard Syncera Gray 1821 otherwise than as a nomen nudum. However the question is raised in Venus, and the name is actually used by some systematists. The original account 1 of Nerita Syncera hepatica refers to ‘“ the eyes appearing to be at the end of the tentacula”’, and no other character of shell or animal is given. ‘This character applies to Assiminea and Paludinella, as well as to certain Strombide, Clausiliidz, some Pupillidz, and a few Turrids ; it may also appear to be the case in several other mollusca, where the tentacles are partly retracted. Gray’s furthér surmise that this appearance was due to fusion of eye peduncle and tentacle would suggest that the — animal was not Assiminea or Paludinella, but some animal related to Terebellum, in which he saw some resemblance to Nerita. It is not until 1847, when Gray gave Syncera as a synonym of Assiminea in his List of Genera (no. 193), that we learn what Syncera was supposed to be, and that the Nerita-Terebellum chimera can be dismissed as a myth. Euttma and BALcis (p. 225). This is a troublesome problem in which attention must be given to the names Strombiformis, Melanella, Eulima, and Balcis. Strombifornis da Costa 1778 was first applied to this group by Iredale * in 1915, who: designated S. glaber da Costa as the type. Unfortunately Iredale overlooked the earlier designation by Harris 3 in 1894. It is true that Harris was under a misapprehension in supposing that the first species must be selected as type, but that does not alter the fact that he has definitely designated a type in the words “ his first species, and therefore the type of the genus is Turbo perversus Linn.” Strombiformis is not, therefore, available for generic use in this family. Melanella Bowdich 1822 * forms the fect group of Lamarck’s Melanta and is described as “‘ Semi-transparent, mouth invaded by the last whorl; white. Turreted; spire curved. Marine.” The only species associated with the name by Bowdich is M. Dufresnit, 1 *°A natural arrangement of mollusca,’” London Medical Repository, vol. 15, p. 239 (1821). The reference is quoted in full by Iredale, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. 15, p. 37 (1922). See also Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. 5, Pp. S¥or (1869). ® Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. 11, p. 293. * Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. 1, D. a1: 4 Elements of Conchology, Dp: 27 - WINCKWORTH : BRITISH MOLLUSCA. 13 - undescribed, but figured on pl. 6. This is presumably (from the footnote on p. 27) a fossil, and possibly a poor drawing of an Eulimid, but it seems to me more probable that it is a fairly good drawing of a Stiliferid, judging from the appearance of the whorls and the shape of the mouth: curved spires are not unknown in Stiliferide. As the type specimen has not been found, exact _ determination is not feasible, and the safest course is to avoid the use of the name Melanella until further evidence is available. Eulima Risso 1826 1 contains four species : elegantisstma Montagu, glaberrima Risso, striata Brocchi, and subulata Brocchi. Turbo subulatus in Brocchi is quoted as of Donovan. Herrmannsen 1846 designates Turbo subulatus Donovan as type, nullifying Gray’s selection in 1847 of Helix polita L., which Gray no doubt considered to be the same as glaberrima. Balcis Leach 18472 was first published posthumously by Gray in a list entitled ‘‘ Classification of the British Mollusca by W. E. Leach, M.D., 1818”. Of the three species quoted under Balcis ‘two are nude, being undescribed and without reference, but Balcis — Montagui is defined by its synonym Helix poltta Montagu, which as the only recognizable species becomes the type of the genus. Thus the generic names to be used in this family are :— Eulima Risso [= Strombiformis auct.]. Type, E. subulata = E. glabra (da Costa). Balcis Leach [= Eulima auct.]. Type, B. montagut = B. alba (da Costa). For Melanella auct., Monterosato’s VITREOLINA is available, and, until fuller knowledge is forthcoming, should be treated as a subgenus of Balcis. NATICA (p. 228). Some authors have attempted to draw a sharp line between the Naticids which have a calcareous operculum as Natica and those that have a corneous operculum as Polinices. My own studies based on English, Mediterranean, and Indian species have convinced me that an attempt to classify Naticids primarily on this basis is bound to lead to unnatural grouping. It should be observed that the so- called calcareous operculum has an outer calcareous layer and an inner corneous one. Fuspira, in which most of our British species may be placed, is in most characters closely allied to Natica, and I accordingly regard it as a subgenus of Natica, which lacks 1 Hist. Nat. Europe Merid., vol. 4, p. 123- 2 Ann. Mag. N.H., vol. 20, p. 271. 14 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. the calcareous layer of the operculum, rather than as a subgenus of Polinices (type species mammilla L.), from which it differs in so many shell characters. It will be noted that I have used Euspira instead of Lunatia, as I am now convinced from an examination of a series of Natica glaucinoides J. Sowerby, the type of Euspira, that the differences between the Eocene glaucinoides and the Recent species I listed under Lunatia are not sufficient to warrant separate subgeneric names. For Lunatia Gray 1847, it is therefore necessary to substitute :— s.c. Eusprra Agassiz 1838. Natica glaucinoides J. Sowerby. The earlier Ampullina Bowdich 1822 is difficult to interpret : as usually understood, it represents the group typified by Natica depressa Lamarck, which certainly has no close relatives among recent British Naticids. OCENEBRA (p. 229). The earliest published spellings + of this name are both Ocenebra, although it is often quoted as Ocinebra, which was the later spelling,” and quite possibly the intended form of the name, but its etymology is too dubious to allow us to presume a misprint in 1847 ; the earlier spelling must accordingly be adopted. Tritonalia Fleming 1828% has sometimes been used for this — genus. On p. 356 we find Murex erinaceus and eight other fossil species assigned to Triton. It seems that when the index was prepared, Fleming noticed that he had used Triton twice—Triton Laurenti for batrachians and Triton Montfort for mollusca. He accordingly substituted Tvitonalia for the latter, and the only description of this name is in the list of corrigenda to be found in some copies of the book, where we are instructed to read Tritonalia for Triton on p. 346 and on p. 356. The reference to p. 346 1s to a list of all the genera then placed in Muricide, whether represented by British species (e.g. Tviton) or not (e.g. Ranella) ; so that it is clear that Tritonalia is intended as an emendation of TJ7iton Montfort, and not a new genus for the nine British species. Asa substitute name, it is equivalent to 77iton and must have the same type, namely Murex tritonis L. Thiele * considers Ocenebra and Vitularia® to be subgenera of 1 Leach, Ann. Mag. N.H., vol. 20, p. 269 (Oct. 1847); Gray, Proc. Zool, Sect, 1847, p28es (Nova, I647): * Leach, A Synopsis of the Mollusca of Great Britain, p. 117 (1852). 3 A History. of British Animals, corrigenda, following index. 4 Handbuch, p. 299 (1929). > Swainson, A Treatise on Malacology, p. 297 (1840). WINCKWORTH : BI.ITISH MOLLUSCA. 15 the same genus, in which case Vitularia has priority as the generic name. I should, however, recommend separating them as distinct genera. NEPTUNEA (p. 229). Neptunea Réding 17981 requires notice, as a few authors still use the later name Chrysodomus Swainson 1840. I do not think anyone will dispute the propriety of regarding Murex antiquus L. and its sinistral form, Murex contrarius L., the Crag fossil called Trophon antiquum var. contrarium by S. V. Wood and Murex despectus L. as congeneric, whatever limits may be assigned specifically. Accordingly Chrysodomus with type C. argyrostomus Swainson (= antiquus) falls into the synonymy of Neptunea. Iredale in 1921 ? designated N. despecta the first species as type, but a type had already been selected nearly fifty years earlier by Monterosato,? when he mentioned ‘ F[usus] antiquus monst. contrarius ch’e il tipo del genere Neptunea di Bolten”’. This refers to Bolten’s, i.e. Réding’s, fifth species, N. contraria, based on Chemnitz, vol. 9, figs. 894, 895, which represent the Crag form from ilaamsaihy, A more serious rival to Neptunea is Tritonium Miiller,* as Gray in 1847, although listing Tvitonium six times, only refers to Irnitontuum Miller once, when he gives Murex antiquus as type. However, Schumacher in 1817 included Tritonium Fabricius among his genera, selecting as type “‘ Tritonitum undatum Fabrit. Miiller”’. As the Tritontum of Fabricius ® is taken from Miiller and exactly the same assemblage of species (excluding those not common to the two faunas) occurs in the two works, I think we may justifiably adopt Schumacher’s type of ‘‘ Tritonium Fabrit.”’ as fixing the type of Tritonium Miller and treat the name as a synonym of Buccinum L. | 1 Museum Boltenianum, p. 115. aA Pvoe. Malacs S0c., Vol. 'T4, Dp. 200, 3 Notizie intorno alle Conchighe fossili di Monte‘ Pellegrino e Ficarazzi, P19 (1872). 4 Zool. Dan. Prodromus, p. 243 (1776). > Fauna Groenlandica, p. 395 (1780). 16 LIMAPONTIA DEPRESSA (A. & H.) var. nov. IN SCOTLAND. By D. K. Kevan. (Read before the Society, 16th September, 1933.) THE previous history of Limapontia depressa in Britain is a very brief one. ‘The only records are those for Hylton Dene, near Sunderland, on which Messrs. Alder and Hancock based their original description of the species in 1862 (1), and Loughor Marsh, near Swansea, where it was taken by Mr. Moggridge and Mr. C. Spence Bate, and figured by the latter gentleman in his Notes on the Fauna of Swansea and the Neighbourhood (1849), although it appeared there under the name of L. nigra. On 16th May, 1932, while collecting on a particularly interesting saltmarsh to be found at the mouth of the R. Tyne, near Tynninghame, to the west of Dunbar, East Lothian, I found a number of small slug-like molluscs, obviously belonging to the genus Limapontia, and on further examination I could only label them as a very definite variety of L. depressa. In general form and position of the vent, etc., they tallied with Alder & Hancock’s original description of the species (1). In colour, however, they were yellow and green instead of black. I was not able to visit the locality again for some time, and when I next looked for the species I could not find a single specimen. Passing over the winter, therefore, I determined to start a fairly early investigation. On 19th March, 1933, I found further specimens of this Limapontia, and Dr. C. H. O’Donoghue kindly examined them and, as far as could be ascertained from externals, agreed that it appeared to be a variety of depressa. Alderia modesta (Lovén) referred to by A. & H. (1) was found in association on that date. On 16th April following, Limapontia were abundant, and on this occasion a number of small dark olive to black specimens appeared, and the question arose as to whether these were juvenile reversions to type, or Limapontia capitata (nigra), which species had been found in the pools on the saltings at Aberlady (about 10 miles west as the crow flies) by Dr. E. A. T. Nicol. Unfortunately an accident resulted in their dying before examination could be made, and further specimens were secured on 14th May. L. depressa were still abundant, while, again, a small percentage of the small dark olive to black individuals occurred. These were compared with L. capitata from Aberlady, and both Dr. O’ Donoghue and Dr. Nicol were of opinion that they were this species. It seems evident, therefore, that both species of Limapontia are present, capitata being represented, somewhat sparsely, by both the black and the “transparent brownish-green’”’ forms referred to by KEVAN : LIMAPONTIA IN SCOTLAND. 17 A. & H. (2), while depressa is represented by a strongly dominant and distinct variety differing from the type in the following details :— Colour.—-When extended, chrome yellow, with the much- branched hepatic organ clearly visible and coloured bright green ; pigmentation (brown to black) to a greater or less degree on the _ lateral crests, the front angles and lower edge of the head, etc., sufficient to accentuate the white oblong or ovate area occupied by the eye; otherwise, apart from the occasional minute yellowish or whitish freckles mentioned by A. & H., the epidermis is unpig- mented and transparent. Tynninghame Sands TYNNINGHAME, SALTMARSH 18 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. When contracted the mollusc appears as a green bead, thinly ringed with yellow, and, both in its extended and contracted state, harmonizes very remarkably with the alge and flora, making detection far from easy until its appearance becomes familiar. The colour is quickly extracted by spirit, leaving the animal pure white, but in a weak solution of formalin it is retained for a long time, although gradually weakening and leaving the hepatic organ a dark and dingy green. For this variety I propose the name pellucida as being less cumber- some and quite as applicable as a reference to its bi-colouration. It differs so obviously from its black prototype that it is undoubtedly worthy of varietal status. I would like to add some notes regarding its habitat at Tynninghame, together with some observations, which must be considered as preliminary, with regard to breeding, etc. :— Habitat—Saltmarsh at the mouth of the River Tyne, East Lothian. The marsh is situated on the north side of the river and takes the form of a tongue, separated from the shore proper by a very narrow spit of land about ? mile in length, affording complete protection from the sea. This is best seen on the accompanying plan of the area. A large tidal creek, gradually narrowing, and with numerous irregular branches, runs more or less centrally from the south end northwards, dying out as it approaches the top of the marsh. Normal high-water mark: East to west from the point of the spit, irregularly across the south end of the marsh to the mouth of the river. Normal low-water mark: A line running approximately north- west to south-east at the northern end of the rocks by “ Tyne Mouth ”’. . The marsh is only covered by the sea at high spring tides. On these occasions the creeks fill very quickly and the water then spreads slowly over the surface of the marsh. On other occasions the creeks may only fill partially, and at low tides not at all. There is no in- flowing brook, but saturation (from the tides), rain, and percolation from the surround keep the marsh sufficiently wet in normal circumstances. In hot weather, however, the surface dries and cracks, the occasional pools disappear, and even the creeks may be dry or near-dry. Flora.—Usual saltmarsh forms, consisting chiefly of Armeria maritima, Glaux maritima, Suzda maritima, and Salicornia sp. The grass Festuca rubra occurs on any patch of drier land on the west side, giving way to a normal woodland and grassland flora as the margin of the marsh is reached. Bands of Scirpus sp. appear on the north and west margins. KEVAN : LIMAPONTIA IN SCOTLAND. — 9 Alge.—At about two-thirds of the distance from the north end of the marsh Pelvetia canaliculata occurs in considerable patches, while a Conferva is generally present on the surface of the marsh, in the pools, and on the sides of the creeks. Mollusca—In the mud below normal high-water the usual estuarine species are to be found, i.e. Scrobicularia plana (ptperata),. Macoma balthica, Mya arenaria, and Hydrobia ulvez, while, as this gives place to sand, Cardium edule and Retusa obtusa appear. On the marsh itself the following interesting association occurs :— Hydrobia ulve.——Abundant and often reaching a length of 0°3 In. Littorina saxatilis tenebrosa.—Abundant and, although mostly unicoloured or chequered, containing a percentage banded and coloured as Littorina saxatilis rudis on the shore proper. _ Littorina littorea—A well-established colony in one of the tidal creeks on the marsh; in hot weather L. littorea buries itself in the moist mud. Shell: well-developed, covered with mud and ferruginous matter. Phytia myosotis.—Abundant. In addition, of course, the three ‘‘ seasonal’? nudibranchs already mentioned, i.e. Limapontia depressa var., Limapontia capitata, and Alderia modesta. Coleoptera.—As a further indication of the type of marsh I would mention that the following species are common: Pogonus chalceus, Dichirotrichus pubescens, Bembidion minimum, Cullenus lateralis, Heterocerus marginatus; while Heterocerus sericans, Cafius. xantholoma, Bledius spectabilis, and others are not rare. ‘These (as also other groups like Hemiptera, Arachnoidea, etc.), during the recurrent flooding at spring tides, survive quite happily in the tunnels which they or Crustacea (Talitrus locusta, for example) have dug in the mud. Habits, Breeding, etc——On the dates already mentioned, i.e. 16th May, 1932, and 19th March, 16th April, and 14th May, 1933, Limapontia depressa (as also L. capitata and A. modesta) were crawling on the surface of the marsh and not actually zm the creeks or pools, although present on the sides of the former where covered with Conferva. It was particularly plentiful in the area of the marsh already mentioned where the alga Pelvetia canaliculata occurred, and the only flora consisted of Suzda and Salicornia. As Pelvetia, etc., disappeared northwards and Armeria and Glaux became dominant, Limapontia depressa also tailed off, although isolated specimens were taken at the edge of a dried-up pool at the top of the marsh—probably floated up by the last spring tide. It was not seen crawling on any of the plants, or the Pelvetia, 20 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. but appeared to be seeking out the cracks and crannies in the mud for protection and in order to deposit its eggs. It seemed particularly partial to situations where Conferva was plentiful, and it is probably this which constitutes its main food. On 4th June Limapontia had disappeared completely from the surface of the marsh, which was dry and sun-cracked. In the cracks and under the “cakes”? of mud which could be easily removed a few somewhat shrunken and sickly specimens were found, in company with the associates previously mentioned and other forms of life (Coleoptera, Crustacea, etc.), which, in their endeavour to escape the heat, had all been driven underground. On 8th July, and again on 7th August, a further search was made, but no specimens could be found, and it now remains to be seen when the species makes it reappearance on the marsh. Alder & Hancock (1) found L. depressa in October, but state that Mr. Spence Bate’s specimens seemed nearly twice as long as theirs. This points to the juvenility of the Sunderland animals, and to the possibility of a reappearance at Tynninghame in October or thereabouts. As regards breeding, in the Tynninghame locus, this, owing to the drying up of the marsh surface, especially during the summer, has to take place over a restricted period, which, judging by the abundance of the species, is more or less confined to the months of April and May. The egg-capsules, ovate-cylindrical in form, are deposited on the mud ; in captivity L. depressa deposited them on the alga placed in the water with them. These capsules averaged about 4mm. in length and about 1:5 mm. in diameter, and from a count taken of a number of capsules contained 400-450 eggs of a decided yellow colour. The veligers were active on 29th—30th May, a fortnight after the eggs were laid, but the difficulty of repro- ducing anything like natural conditions prevented development and, unfortunately, no hatching took place. From the fact that L. depressa breeds on the oe of the Tynninghame marsh, it would seem that this must be a natural habitat, although why this nudibranch should select such a situation for the purpose is one of those mysteries of evolution which must remain unexplained. Its associate Alderia modesta certainly crawls over the marsh, but only deposits its eggs in pools. As regards. the development and hatching of the ova and subsequent growth, two alternatives present themselves :— (1) That the complete life-cycle occurs on the marsh itself. (2) That it occurs partly on the marsh and partly in a true marine habitat. In support of the first alternative it might be suggested that the KEVAN : LIMAPONTIA IN SCOTLAND. 21 deposition of ova on the marsh is prima facie evidence that develop- ment also takes place in that situation ; that the surface of the marsh only being covered at high spring tides is an argument against migration of any sort, and points to the probability of the veliger (a) passing its free-swimming stage in the egg-capsule, hatching in perfect form and then burying itself deep down in the cracks and crannies where there might be sufficient moisture for it to live through the summer in safety ; or (0) hatching at the next spring tide when the marsh would be covered, and being carried down underground into situations sufficiently wet to permit of normal free-swimming activity and subsequent growth to adult form. © In support of the second alternative it can be argued that it would be more consistent with the known habits of nudibranchs, many of which come inshore to breed, and then (both adults and fry) dis- appear for another year; that even in this apparently abnormal situation it would be possible for L. depressa to have a normal life- history, as the adults could arrive with the spring tides, spread over _ the marsh in favourable loci, and breed; the eggs could develop on the damp surface, and hatch when the marsh was covered at the next spring tide, which as it slowly receded might carry a percentage of the minute veligers into the creeks and thence seawards, where they would assume adult form and return to the Tynninghame marsh as the breeding season again approached. Both alternatives point to a very high mortality in the early stages of growth, whether on the marsh altogether or partly in the sea. Hot weather and a development so timed as to favour emergence from the capsule simultaneously with the arrival of the spring tides are but two of the difficulties which the veliger has to overcome, unless it can withstand the former and develops according to alternative 1 (a). It must be remarked, however, that alternative 1 (a) seems to be the least likely solution, 1 (6) possible, while alternative 2, perhaps, can be described as probable, but: actual proof of either will be difficult to obtain, owing to the minute size of the veligers. It is not suggested that the Tynninghame breeding habits are typical of the species : they may, in fact, be much modified by local conditions. Alder & Hancock (1) state they found L. depressa in brackish-water pools (at Hylton Dene, Sunderland), and in such situations, especially if subjected to daily tidal influences, more equable conditions may prolong the actual breeding period. At Tynninghame, however, from the disappearance of all adults during June, it can be assumed that the species lives one year only, and dies shortly after breeding. As to when it will reappear is presently a matter of conjecture, but I hope to find it again before the 22 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. end of the year in the same locus, when its ecology will be further studied. Summary.—Limapontia depressa is now known to have a range extending from Swansea to Sunderland and the Tyne estuary (near Dunbar). It is, apparently, a species easily overlooked, but which is locally abundant at certain periods of the year. It requires definitely brackish situations for breeding, but while undoubtedly needing moisture in no mean degree, does not necessarily require submersion ; its breeding period is April-May (possibly beginning earlier or ending later in favourable circumstances ); the adult dies after breeding, and the new generation reappears within a period at present undetermined, but which might be the following October-November, assuming, as seems possible, that A. & H.’s original specimens were more or less juvenile. As regards the new variety for which I have proposed the name pellucida, it is so distinctive in appearance, although conforming to type in general form, that the possibility of its proving to be a separate species cannot be overlooked. Only a complete anatomical examination can finally settle this question, and it is possible that Dr. O’Donoghue may agree to undertake the difficult task entailed in dealing with such a small animal as Limapontia. It is certain his findings would receive general acceptance. BIBLIOGRAPHY. (1) ALpER & Hancock. Ann. Mag. N.H., Ser. 1, x, 264. (2) Ibid., Ser. 11, i, 401. Notes ADDED WHEN GOING TO PRESS. The marsh was again visited on 5th September and 7th October with a negative result. On 3rd December, however—the occasion of the next visit—after a three hours’ search the following were found :— eight L. depressa var. pellucida, one L. capitata (°), two Alderia modesta, and one egg capsule of L. depressa. On gth December another visit was made to see if by any chance the December spring tides had resulted in any influx of the above species. The day was cold, windy, and rainy, and only three Alderia modesta were found. All the above molluscs were juvenile, most of the Limapontia being very minute. One very small specimen is suggested as being L. capitata, as it had the appearance of beginning to develop pigmentation, besides (in water) being much more active than normal depressa. The eight L. depressa were certainly var. pellucida. KEVAN : LIMAPONTIA IN SCOTLAND. 23 The egg capsule contained active veligers, which Dr. O’ Donoghue suggested were about seven days old. This was an entirely unexpected find; it proves either survival on the marsh or the arrival from the sea in November (by the spring tides) of adults, and points to two breeding periods—a minor one in November- December and a major one in April-May. The following points now suggest themselves :— (1) That survival on the marsh during the summer months, whether under (a) or (5), seems very unlikely, for the following reasons :— (i) Adults, breeding in April-May, disappeared completely in June. (ii) April-May fry, if surviving on the marsh, would not develop so unequally as to provide both adults and extremely juvenile forms in November at the same time. (iii) It seems unlikely, if any approaching-adult forms were present on the marsh in September—October, that they would have escaped notice entirely, as the surface was sufficiently wet to bring them to the surface. (2) ‘That L. depressa only reaches its adult form in a true marine habitat ; that it breeds on the marsh, the veligers emerging when the spring tides occur, being swept out seawards as the tides recede, and returning in various stages of growth in October-November and March-April for the two breeding seasons. It is very significant that their appearance at Tynninghame in November and the period of greatest abundance in April-May appears approximately to coincide with the two chief spring tides of the year.1 Now if the year be divided into three equal periods, say, October—January, February—-May, June-September, it will be readily seen that the last period, comprising the hottest part of the year, can be ignored in considering the breeding habits of L. depressa. ‘The questions which arise, however, from a consideration of the facts so far ascertained are :— (1) Do the November juveniles develop into the adults of March, breeding in April-May? If so, why was the species not abundant in March? And how are the November adults explained ? (2) Are there two distinct races breeding in, say, October-— November and April-May, or only one race with two waves of arrival, one (mainly juveniles) in October-November and one (mainly adults) in March—April ? 1 The March tide might not necessarily bring in the species in abundance, but it might enable the April tide to do so. Time cannot be fixed arbitrarily. 24 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 10934. (N.B.—Specimens collected abundantly in April were much larger than those collected in May, but this, possibly, may be due to the former being swollen with eggs, and not to a further wave of arrival in May.) It is difficult to form any definite opinion as yet, but I would suggest that there is but one race with a major breeding period in April-May ; that juveniles begin to arrive in October-November and onwards, the main influx (then of adults) taking place in March— April, the earlier arrivals developing and breeding in normal circumstances at the same time. Favourable conditions on the marsh, however, might hasten growth and bring a proportion of the early-comers to maturity in February—March, the resulting veligers being carried into the main creek, on to the estuarine mud, or even further, by the March-April spring tides that bring in the main stream of adults. ‘These veligers might possibly develop more quickly and return as the November adults, and being adult would presumably breed on reaching the breeding-ground, thereby establishing what might appear to be a distinct race, which, however, might die out as quickly as it arose. In the unstable conditions that obtain on a marsh there is bound to be unevenness of development, resulting in favourable circumstances in a secondary breeding period. This secondary period is not uncommon in other nudibranchs and generally takes place at about the same time of the year. The reappearance of L. depressa, as hopefully predicted in the body of this paper, has undoubtedly brought the solution to the problems in connection with this species much closer. Attempts will be made during the next five or six months to settle the main questions that have arisen, and to get further insight into the habits of this interesting mollusc. Habitat of Facelina drummondi (Alder & Hancock).—I have notes of a rather unusual habitat of this species in Belfast Lough. ‘The shore at Greenisland, about 9 miles from Belfast on the north side of the Lough, is flat and sandy, with frequent low reefs of rocks running out from the land, and in places the sand has been scoured away, exposing beds of red Trias marl, where Barnea candida (Linné) and Zirfxa crispata (Linné) live. Here Facelina occurs fairly plentifully in the empty Pholas burrows, usually associated with Paphia saxatilis (Fleuriau) at half-tide mark. I have found specimens thus at all times from March until late October, and cannot remember ever having found them save in the burrows, though I may have taken an odd one elsewhere. Alder & Hancock? give as habitat “‘ under stones between tidemarks, and in shallow water ’’, and Colgan,? though he usually dredged this species, mentions having found one on a Zostera bed. I would be glad to know if Facelina has been commonly found in Pholas burrows elsewhere.—N. FISHER. 1 Alder & Hancock, Monograph British Nudibranchiate Mollusca, pt. iv (1848), fam. 3, pl. 13. 2 Colgan, N., ‘‘ The Opisthobranchiate Fauna of the Shores and Shallow Waters of County Dublin,” Irish Naturalist, 23, pp. 187-8, 1914. 25 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN & IRELAND. 611th (Annual) Meeting, held in the Rooms of the Royal Society, Burlington House, London, on Saturday, 7th October, 1933. The President, Mr. J. E. Cooper, in the chair. Among those present were Messrs. R. Garnett, J. G. Dalgliesh, A. G. Stubbs, A. P. Gardiner, G. Shrubsole, A. Wrigley, H. W. Worsfold, G. C. Spence, A. S. Kennard, H. Overton, G. L. Wilkins, W. J. Davey, EF... M.. Dyke, H:. C. Fulton, A. E., Ellis, J. D. Dean, T. W. Twiggs, 1. ©. Huggins, C. Oldham, R. Winckworth, A. E. Salisbury, R. J. Welch, J. R. le B. Tomlin, Miss K. M. White, Miss Nora Fisher, Miss J. D. Robertson, Mrs. C. Oldham, Mrs. A. S. Kennard, Mrs. H. Fulton, Mrs. H. Overton, Mrs. A. Wrigley, Mrs. E. M. Morehouse, Capt. C. Diver, Dr. C. Price-Jones, and Dr. J. W. Jackson. Appointment of Scrutineers. - Messrs. J. G. Dalgliesh and H. W. Worsfold were appointed scrutineers. Appointment of Auditors. Messrs. C. H. Moore and F. Taylor were reappointed auditors. Election of Trustee. Mr. R. Winckworth was elected Trustee in place of Mr. B. R. Lucas (resigned). Election of Honorary Member. The Rev. Dr. A. H. Cooke was unanimously elected an Honorary Member. Candidates Proposed for Membership. Ralph Hope Lowe, B.A., 54 Queen’s Crescent, Sunderland, Co. Durham. J. Newton, B.Sc., 86 Colchester Terrace, Sunderland, Co. Durham. (Both introduced by the Rev. E. Percy Blackburn and Dr. J. W. Jackson.) Presidential Address. The President (Mr. J. E. Cooper) gave an address on “‘ Oldhaven and Thanet Sand Mollusca of Herne Bay ’’, and a cordial vote of thanks was passed unanimously. Votes of thanks were also accorded to the authorities of the Royal Society and the Manchester Museum for the use of rooms for meetings. Election of Officers and Council. The Officers and Council for 1933-4 were unanimously elected as nominated (see p. 1). Exhibits. By Mrs. Morehouse : Series of Polygyra. By Mr. R. Winckworth: Series of Chlamys townsendi (Sow.) from Karachi, to illustrate shell growth. | By Mr. G. C. Spence: Archachatina spectaculum Pilsbry ; Urocoptis livida 'Torre. By Mr. H. Overton: Colour photograph of Arion ater; high-spired L. peregra and very large L. truncatula from Walderton, Sussex. By Dr. J. W. Jackson : Varieties of Patina pellucida (L.) from Ballintoy shore; Patella vulgata L., C. zizyphinum conuloide (Lam.), G. umbilicals (da Costa), and N..lapillus (L.), from the top of the raised beach in Park Lane, Ballintoy. 26 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. By Mr. J. G. Dalgliesh: Helices from Sussex, Kent, and Hants ; association of Mactra corallina cinerea and Pinnotheres pisum. By Mr. G. L. Wilkins: Eggs of Sepia officinalis L. and Loligo vulgaris Lam. ; vars. of N. lapillus (L..) ; Gastrochzena dubia (Penn.) on Spondylus ; Barnea candida (L..), Clavagella aperta Sow., and C. melitensis Brod. in situ. By Mr. A. E. Ellis: Living Hygromia odeca (Locard) from Coombe Cellars, Devon, where they were numerous in hedge-bottoms amongst dead leaves. By the President: Books which once belonged to Dr. J. G. Jeffreys ; Lym. palustris var. elongata Moq. (Herne Bay) and f. albida Nelson (Chislet Marshes). | By Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin: Species of Helicostyla just received from Mindoro; growth stages of Tonna, including operculated embryos ; Pleurotomaria hirasei Pilsbry from the coast of Kii; rare species of Trivia and Cancellaria, including T. acutidentata (Gaskoin), T.. hordacea (Kiener), LT. maugert Gray, T. producta (Gaskoin), the types of T. rubinicolor (Gaskoin), and 7. vesicularis (Gaskoin), C. textilis Kiener, C. thomasiana Crosse, C. scalata Sow., and C. trigonostoma Blainville. : By Mr. A. G. Stubbs : Long series of Cepza nemoralis L.. from Wooding- dean, Sussex ; drawings of shells and wild flowers. By Mr. H. W. Worsfold : Land shells showing normal and abnormal varieties, including sinistral specimens. By Mr. A. S. Kennard: Pleistocene shells from France, including C. nemoralis major Fér. and Elona quimperiana (Fér.) from Gourdan—new records for French Pleistocene, Trochulus odeca (Loc.) from Gourdan, C. hortensis (Mull.), and Eulota choquetiana Tour. from Elbeuf. By Mr. C. Oldham: (1) H. aspersa from Mablethorpe, Lincs., to illustrate the recessive character of yellow shells (exalbida): one of these mated with a brown from Hants yielded 183 young, all brown, but the yellow character reappeared when these browns were mated (2) H. aspersa, albino animals, the F 2 generation of a snail with brown shell and albino animal and one with yellow shell and grey animal. (3) H. pomatia living on granite rocks at Linné’s Hammarby, near Upsala; it is not indigenous in Southern Sweden, but is naturalized in many places and is said to have been introduced by Linné himself on the grounds of his country house at Hammarby. (4) Geomalacus maculosus, eggs and newly hatched young, the F 2 generation of a slug collected at Glengarriff in August, 1929. : By Mr. C. Oldham and Capt. C. Diver: Maps of the South Haven Peninsula Survey, Studland Heath, Dorset, viz. :— (1) Maps showing stages in the growth of South Haven Peninsula. (ii) Maps showing (1) geological formations, (2) main plant communities. (iii) Maps showing the distributions of the species of Mollusca found during the Survey. These include: Land Mollusca, 28 species; Fresh- water Mollusca, 6 species ; Brackish water, 1 species ; total, 35 species. ANNUAL REPORT. This is the Fifty-Seventh Annual Report of,the Society. Since the last Annual Meeting the Society has lost seven members by death, seven by resignation, and two have been struck off the list through non-payment of arrears. Only one new member has been elected during the year. The membership at the present time is 223, including the four Honorary Members. The losses by death are: H. J. Stobart, Col. E. C. Freeman, A. W. Wincott, Rev. E. H. Nash, A. W. Pye, W. Gyngell, and Rev. E. N. Dalton. Six ordinary meetings have been held at the. Manchester Museum by the kind permission of the authorities. On 12th November there was a joint meeting with the Yorkshire branch, held at the University, Leeds, when the Hon. Secretary, Dr. J. Wilfrid Jackson, gave a lantern lecture on “ Shell PROCEEDINGS 27 Lore’, and dealt with the uses of shells as charms and amulets and in many other ways, both in the past and at the present time. There were many interesting exhibits at this meeting, most of which had a bearing on the subject. On 8th April a joint meeting of the Yorkshire and Manchester members was held at the Manchester Museum, when there was a good attendance and a good display of specimens. One Special Exhibit was held in January, viz. Thiara. ‘Twenty-six notes and papers have been read during the year, and some of these have appeared in the Fournal. Three numbers of the Fournal have been issued to members since the date of the last Annual Meeting, viz. Vol. XIX, No. 8, October, 1932, containing 32 pages of text and a portrait of the late J. R. B. Masefield ; Vol. XIX, No. 9, February, 1933, with 32 pages of text and one text-figure ; Vol. XIX, No. 10, June, 1933, with 32 pages of text, one sketch-map, and 24 text-figures. T’he above Yournals were received from the publishers by post as follows: No. 8, 26-10-32; No. 9, 3-3-33 ; and No. 10, 22-6-33. _A further number of the Yournal is in preparation, and will be issued to members shortly ; it will complete Vol. XIX. On 3rd and 4th May last Capt. Cyril Diver represented the Society at the Centenary Celebrations of the Entomological Society of London, and presented a congratulatory address. Additions to the Library have been received from Lieut.-Col. W. H. Turton, Messrs. H. Schlesch, G. C. Spence, H. H. Bloomer, J. F. Musham, Fridthjof Okland, Von M. Rotarides, A. S. Kennard, Arthur Blok, Dr. P. Bartsch, and Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. Dr. A. W. Bowell also presented a bound volume of reprints on Radulez, also MSS. on same. Mrs. Freeman presented a large number of useful books from the library of her late husband, Col. E. C. Freeman. There have been several additions to the Cabinet from Messrs. H. Schlesch, W. H. Davies, and R. Waterston (voucher specimens). The Hon. Librarian and Curator has presented a report on the J. W. Taylor Collection, stating that he has made considerable headway with the arrangement during the last twelve months. There are two cabinets, a large and a smaller one. It was found expedient to divide the collection into three sections. One portion, already mounted in rectangular glass-topped_ boxes, has been arranged in the smaller cabinet practically in the order of the Society’s 1902 list of Non-Marine Mollusca; another portion, mounted on cards, has been arranged in great part in the large cabinet, some specimens having to be remounted ; and a third portion, consisting of specimens in glass tubes, is now being dealt with along with numerous examples in chip- boxes and other receptacles. Some two hundred sets out of this miscellaneous lot have been mounted and placed with the carded section. With regard to the remainder, it is proposed to place them in glass-topped boxes ultimately, if the funds of the Society will allow. They are at present placed together in the large cabinet. RECORDER’S REPORT (Non-Marine Mollusca). SINCE the last report (Vol. XIX, p. 344) 83 new records have been authenticated for the Census. Cornwall, E. (2): Anodonta anatina (A. E. Boycott). Devon, S. (3): Helicella itala (A. S. Kennard), Phytia myosotts var. ringens (A. R. Waterston). Dorset (9) : Anodonta anatina (W. D. Lang). Kent, W. (16): Zonttoides excavatus (F. H. Gripper). Herts (20): Milax gracilis (A. E. B.). _ Middlesex (21): Caecilioides acicula (A. C. Thomas). Suffolk, W. (26): Milax sowerbii (G. Master). Cambridge (29): Pisidium personatum (H. Overton). 28 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. Salop (40): Pseudanodonta (Severn: C. Oldham). Pembroke (45): Milax gracilis, M. gagates (H. E. Quick). Yorks, $.W. (63): Physa heterostropha (cistern at Doncaster: E. M. Morehouse). Northumberland, S. (67): Clausilia cravenensis (G. W. Temperley). Dumfries (72): Pisidium henslowanum, P. milium, P. obtusale, P. personatum, P. pulchellum, P. subtruncatum (D. K. Kevan and A. R. Waterston). Kirkcudbright (73): Pisidium cinereum, P. hibernicum, P. lilljeborgii, P. milium, P. nitidum, P. obtusale, P. subtruncatum (D. K. K. and A. R. W,). Wigtown (74): Pisidium cinereum, P. hibernicum, P. lilljeborgit, P. milium, P. mtidum, P. obtusale, P. personatum, P. pulchellum, P. subtruncatum (D. K. K. and A. R. W.). | Berwick (81): Helicella caperata caperata, Hygromia striolata, Vertigo substriata, Ancylus lacustris, Planorbis nautileus, Pl. spirorbis, Valvata cristata (D. K. K.). Haddington (82): Vallonia pulchella pulchella (prob. holocene), Zonitoides nitidus (D. K. K.). Perth Mid. (88) : Zonitoides nitidus (A. R. W.). Elgin (95): Punctum pygmzxum, Vertigo substriata, V. pusilla, Carychium minimum, Pisidium hibernicum, P. lilljeborgii, P. nitidum, P. obtusale (A. E.B.). Fasterness (96): Acanthinula aculeata, Helix arbustorum, Ena obscura, Pupa umbilicata, Vertigo substriata, Succinea pfetfferi, Limnza truncatula, Pisidium personatum (A. E. B.). Westerness (97) :. Limnza truncatula (A. R. W.). Clyde Is. (100): Ena obscura (J. E. Forrest). Ebudes, N. (104): Agriolimax levis (A. R. W.), Paludestrina stagnalis (M. I. Crichton). . Hebrides (110): Hygromia hispida (dead shells only), Paludestrina ventrosa (new to Scotland: E. A. T. Nicol), Agriolimax lzvis, Helicella caperata caperata, Pupa marginata, Vertigo antivertigo, V. pygmea, V. lilljeborgi, Succinea pfeifferi, Limnza palustris, Aplexa hypnorum, Paludestrina jenkinst, P. stagnalis (A. R. W.), Pisidium lilljeborgii, P. nitidum (C. Elton). Kildare (125): Acme lineata (D. K. K.). © Mayo, W. (138): Vallonia pulchella pulchella (C. O.). ‘The accurate differentiation of the five species of Succinea which must now be recognized (S. putris, S. elegans, S. pfeiffert, S. oblonga, S. arenaria) has been put on a much more definite basis by the anatomical work of H. E. Quick (Proc. Malac. Soc., 1933, vol. xx, p. 295), and it is most desirable that living specimens should be submitted for authentication especially when immature or poorly grown. The status of S. putris in the north of England and in Scotland is particularly uncertain; so far it has been verified only from Kirkcudbright : specimens from Dumfries, Ayr, Peebles, Selkirk, Fife, Perth (S.), Perth (Mid.), Perth (N.), Easterness, and Clyde Is. have all been pfeifferz. YORKSHIRE CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Annual Report of the Yorkshire Branch. IN spite of the exceptionally dry season of 1933 and the resultant paucity of captures, the Yorkshire Branch has had a successful year and increased enthusiasm has been shown by the members. The Officers for 1933 were :— President: Charles Allen; Vice-Presidents: J. C. North, F.R.P.S.L., and K. G. Howell. Council: K. Howell, W. Gyngell, Miss K. Morehouse, and Miss E. Dufty. Secretary and Treasurer: J. R. Dibb, F.R.E.S. Recorder: H. J. Armstrong. | We regret to announce the death of Mr. W. Gyngell, of Scarborough, who was a member and also served on the Council for many years. PROCEEDINGS 29 Up to the present eight meetings have been held, which included four summer excursions. The Council is gratified to note an improved attendance. ‘The opening meeting in January was devoted to “‘ Short Papers and General Exhibits ’’, and was well supported as follows :— ‘“* Practical Methods of Killing and Preserving Slugs,’ by K. Howell. ** Helicostyla and Cochlostyla,”’ by H. J. Armstrong. “The Genus Liguus,” by Mrs. E. M. Morehouse. *“* Helix pomatia,” by Mrs. E. M. Morehouse. ‘* A rare Publication known as The Naturalists’ Scrap Book of the Liverpool District,’ shown and discussed by J. D. Firth. At the February meeting for exhibits one of the most interesting features was the description of the internal structure of Anodonta cygnea, by Miss K. Morehouse, who brought a freshly killed specimen, which was partially dissected to illustrate her remarks. The Ravensknowle Museum, Huddersfield, was visited in March to review the fine collections of shells, under the guidance of Mr. J. C. North. A joint meeting with the parent Society was held at Manchester Museum in April, and a full report of this has appeared elsewhere. An excursion to Agbrigg, near Wakefield, under the leadership of Mr. J. D. Firth, was made in May with good results. A well-attended meeting at York was held in June, with the President and Mr. H. Sowden as leaders, for the investigation of the River Foss, with rather disappointing results from this usually prolific locality. This was a joint meeting with the York Field Naturalists’ Club and the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. In September the Cridling: Stubbs District near Pontefract was visited, being a joint meeting with the Doncaster Scientific Society and the Yorkshire Naturalists’ Union. Three meetings are yet to be held to complete the year’s programme. The 37th Annual Meeting will be held early in October. In November a joint meeting with the parent Society will take place in Leeds. Finally, a Jecture by Mrs. E. M. Morehouse will be given in December. Membership now stands at 32. JouHn R. Diss, Hon. Secretary. ANNUAL REPORT OF THE LONDON BRANCH. ALTHOUGH there is not a great deal of particular note to report, the 1932-3 Session closed with every sign of a successful year. Mr. A. S. Kennard once again occupied the chair. ‘The attendance has been good on the whole, averaging seven Members at each meeting, but it is hoped that this average will increase during the next Session. The syllabus arranged for the nine meetings has been worked through as printed, all members contributing their share of notes and exhibits. The meetings partly devoted to ‘‘ Cephalopoda’’, ‘‘ Rare and Interesting Conchological Books ’”’, and ‘‘ Practical Hints on Collecting ”’ proved very popular ; on the last occasion members gave their own experiences which, although sometimes amusing, were highly instructive. The 1933-4 Session, for which the syllabus has already been circulated, commences with the Annual General Meeting on 9th October, 1933. Guy L. WILKINS, Hon. Secretary. 612th Meeting, joint with the Yorkshire Conchological Society, held at Leeds, 11th November, 1933. Mr. C. Allen (President of the Yorkshire Society) in the chair. Among those present were Messrs. H. J. Armstrong, K. Howell, K. G. Howell, J. Digby Firth, C. H. Moore, A. K. Lawson, J. H. Lumb, Dr. J. W. Jackson, and Mrs. Morehouse. New Members Elected. Ralph Hope Lowe, J. Newton. LS eer fF Oo! cl mMOO 000 nm S I Ol S6 E> 2b eer ep : : : sasuadxa sis0ljQ “ o 6S ; ‘ : : 90}) TU ewe, g Bune se poe sue] os : P1099 YY [BOIdO[OO7 O; 25S E ; ' — AyaINOG [BoTsoToOoR[L II —suondiiosqng * : : : : : souvinsu] sin “ : 4 : : y01G Sutsnoysiesy “| SuI}II\[ [enuUuY jo sasuedxq “ ‘ Ajauolje}¢ pue sunuug “ : : ae saxoq peddo}j-ssejs Jo yso, “ 9 © % pUNY YoIeIseY WoIZ syuRIDD ssa’T z. 1° 66 ee gore « : : : 2 : : dWIOOUT J2A0 9injIpueadxs jo ssaoxo suleq ‘souxleg ‘“ ie =o Pt S22 g : ua ayerae as 1A] JV] Wor Jossuery, “ oo. 4SOD poyeullysy | O QI I : s}UsWSIVIOApY “ Wee OS : pled Ore : : : * suorjyeotyqng jo ajeg “ : sjuTIdey, s1oyyny 9 ¢ 2 =——— 6 $1 +g ———— QO. -6 “or. - : : ; sievaliy [Oe fae = it 44 g 2 %L ———— | ee Ge. ‘ of Ag S-6L t= + 93598 1 Ol g vz ; 2° OA ee aaa | : ‘pg sh yee —X1X [OA ‘4s0j0you0/) Oo OI 69 ° * “SOI ye O€1 {0 Jouanog sutynqr1} —fL6I 104 -sIp pue surysyqnd Ag —suonjdiiosqns jenuuy o7, °p "s t °p *S F °p *s s ‘p *¢ F "p *¢ 5 “HUN. LIGNAdXY *SLdIGORY ‘yUNOIDY sInjIpuedxy pue sUWIODUT "€€61 “YAAWAIAC IE GHANA UVHA AHL YOA SINNOIDDV 31 “HOTAV ], Gay ‘"AMOOTL “HO *yoaII0D puNnojJ pues poypny ‘INVHG1Q “SVHD ‘Iwaity Ul suondiiosqng jenuuy (p) ‘suoieoqng pjosun jo 401g (9) ‘suoIa]]oD pue syourqes > (a) ‘AIBIQV] (Y) e418 JoaYG soURTeg 9} UT 4NO Jas 9SOY} 0} UOT{Ippe UI s}ossy— ALON £ 61 Ogs 7 L 646s sioyueg ye yseg | g 1 LI 23 es €€61 107 o- 6 oF: =" : 4S09 m= Te €€61 ‘Arenuef si uo sy “pg “SET oF7 | techie ton e, FE —jUNODTY sinyipuedxy pue swoouy jo sourjeg 6-0: “O62 4SO90 Oo O°" Gr saxoq paddo}-sse]s Jo }soo poyeUlys| “pe *s€1 cozF ‘uvo’y uolsiaAuoy YFP | 0 O SF : a) sjulidey .s1oyiny © Oo oof soo “pL ‘sg SQfF ‘uvo'T sutpuny %V ti Li Sze pun, yoressey pes F ro weee > Waeet > 7 Si 2 puny drysisquisyyy aj] "SJuaujsaQUuy eo. 6: § aouRvApe ur pred suondiiosqng jenuuy *SLASSV *SHILITIGVI’] “ISHHS HONV IVA S Qi ove7 S 91 9227 ai <2 tee €L61 ‘raquisoaqj] jsI€ ‘puny jo yunowy ‘ see ss ghE Pues ae “ 9 °o F SUOT}eIISN]]] OJ stoyjyny 0} sjueIg AG | I Qg giz £61 ‘Aienuef ysi ‘puny jo yunowy oy, geet eee 3 : foe ‘puny yoressey € £ octy ge © gece | or Sr SI ——s pue spuspiaig “ 0. 0 -08S €€61 ‘Jaquisdaq] IsI€ ‘pun. jo Junowy ‘ ee ‘ uoljyeuog “ eee ae? yUNOSOY sInyIpusdxyY puv swoouy oO} Jojsuery, Ag oct flor ‘ae { 3si ‘puny jo yunowy oT, pee Sees (Sen Spee 3 ‘puny dryssequieyw ej] 32 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. I, MAY, 1934. Candidate Proposed for Membership. Horace Warnes Cushing, B.A. (Cantab.), F.R.G.S., Ramsden House, Elland, Yorks (introduced by J. R. Dibb and Mrs. Morehouse). Papers Read. ** Melanopsis doriz Issel, new variety,” by H. E. J. Biggs. ** Achatina fulica (Fér.) in Nederland East Indies,’’ by Miss Tera van Benthem Jutting. Exhibits. By Mr. H. J. Armstrong: Large and fine collection of Urocoptide ; West Indian openculates; and Epiglypta howinsule (Cox) from Lord Howe Is. By Mrs. Morehouse: British and Foreign examples of H. pisana ; also -H. candidissima Drap. and H. aperta Muller. By Mr. K. Howell: Tethys punctata Cuvier from Scarborough. By Mr. K. G. Howell: Water-colour drawings of Ammonites from Broderick Collection, painted by T. Robins. By Mr. C. H. Moore: L. and F.W. shells damaged by birds and animals (from the J. W. Taylor Collection) ; also Anodonta cygnea, from Newton, near Hyde. By Dr. J. W. Jackson : Band-variation of Helix nemoralis and H. hortensis (from the J. Kidson Taylor Collection). By Mr. C. Allen: Living Planorbts corneus. 613th Meeting, held at the Manchester Museum, 9th December, 1933. Mr. G. C. Spence in the chair. New Member Elected. H. W. Cushing. Papers Read. ** Names of British Mollusca: II,’ by R. Winckworth. ** On the Occurrence of Locally Extinct Marine Mollusca in the Sand- dunes at Portstewart, Co. Londonderry,’’ by Miss Nora Fisher. Exhibits. By Mr. G. C. Spence: Tyropidophora from many localities. By Mr. C. H. Moore: Large series of Cyprea. 614th Meeting, held at the Manchester Museum, 13th January, 1934. Mr. G. C. Spence in the chair. Resignation. Roland Garnett. Paper Read. ‘* Vallonia costata (M ll.), monstrosity from East Lothian,” by D. K. Kevan. Exhibits. By Mr. C. H. Moore: Series of Conus. By Mr. F. Taylor : Clausilia and dissected clausia from many localities ; Balea perversa from Grasmere. By Mrs. Morehouse : Mactra stultorum, with. blisters on interior of shell, from Scarborough; Helix nemoralis, with abnormal growth of mouth, from Wentbridge; Planorbts spirorbis and abnormal forms from Almholme, near Doncaster ; Planorbis corneus from Methley and St. Neots ; also white variety from the canal at Stroud; Bzthynia tentaculata (very large) from River Foss at York. The Special Exhibit was “ Abnormal British Shells’, and many interesting specimens were shown. ‘THE LARGEST AND FINEST ‘STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD - Established 1861. Sale. — Purchase. — Exchange. Collections and Specimens Named and Arranged. — GLASS-TOPPED BOXES (Rectangular and Cireilar) Card Trays, Blue Wool, Second-hand Cabinets. Catalogues: Suitable for use as Check-Lists. ADDRESS : c ‘H. C. FULTON (late Sowerby & Fulton), 27 SHAFTESBURY ROAD, RAVENSCOURT PARK, LONDON, W.6. - Malacological Society of London. “Hon. Sec.: A. T. Hopwoop, D. Sc., Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., Cromwell Road, S.W.7. Subscription : Ordinary Members £1 Is. per annum or a 10 10s. for life | Corresponding Members (resident without the British Islands) 15s. per annum or £7 7s. for life. | B aecaiive Fee for all, £1 1s. Meetings are held in the apartments of the LINNEAN SOCIETY, BURLINGTON ! House, W.1, on the Second Friday in each month from October to Fune. _ Proceedings : Three numbers a year are free to all Members. fs + Back Numbers may be obtained on application to the Hon. Sec. Members receive a discount of 20%. ADVERTISEMENTS ee Will be inserted at the following rates ;— : Whole Page .. .. 20/- Quarter Page .. . IH Half Page es at 32/6 Six Lines or Under .. 3/6 One-third Page on. 8/= Every Additional Line 6d. be: a Prices of Back Volumes of THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY Vols. Hi, TU, IV, & VIE—XV Each ~To the Public, 15/- 3 to Members and to the Trade, 11/3. Vol. XVI—XVIN. To-the Public, 36/- 3 to Members and to the Trade, 30/-. : Vols. V & VI shu of Print). To be had from Durau & Co., Ltd., 32 Otp Bonp St., Lonpon, W. a and at the Headquarters of the Society. va Systematic, Fully Illustrated Monaseank of Recent Mollusks. Founded by GEORGE W. TRYON, ie in slit continued by HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The Manual is published ; in Pacts, of which four constitute a volume. — : Subscriptions may begin or terminate with any volume. A listof the published volumes and their contents will be sent on request. Plain Edition.—Per part (four parts in a volume) . : : $3.00 | . Coloured Edition.—The Be aly coloured oY. hand, <1 per part. - $5.00 — Fine Edition.—Heavy paper, presi in duplicate, ¢ coloured and India tinted,per part = - s - $8.00 First Series —Cephalopods, Marine Gastropods, and Pens | Seventeen Volumes (complete). ‘Second Series.—Land Mollusks. Twenty-seven volusies completed, two or three still to be issued. Completed volumes include the Agnatha, the families Helicide, Bulimulide, Achatinide, Uro- coptide and many others. The later volumes deal with the Achatinellide, Tornatellinide and their allies (in collaboration with C. Montague Cooke), and the Pupillide. These groups have never before been adequately treated; their beauty, extent, and intricacy will be a surprise to conchologists who have not given them special attention. | It is believed that students of the Mollusca will find anes of value to them in these volumes, whether they are interested in species of the world, or in those of a local fauna. ‘In the later volumes the fossil forms also, of the Es dake with, are classified and listed. ‘Inquiries and subscriptions may be addled to :-— >S, RAYMOND ROBERTS, “Treasurer, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A. Vor. 20] 17TH AUGUST, 1934. _ [No. 2 od PA JOURNAL an Gye CONCHOLOGY FOr NOE 1874. os \ BEING THE ORGAN OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Hon. Editor: | Hon. Secretary: | Hon. Treasurer : J.R.leB: TOMLIN, M.A., | J. W. JACKSON, D.Sc., | C. OLDHAM, F.L.S., 23 Boscobel Road, The Museum, — The Bollin, , St. Leonards-on-Sea. The University, Shrublands Road, Manchester. Berkhamsted. CONTENTS. Genital Dimorphism in Zonitoides (with figures)——-HuGuH WATSON . Ce fulica (Fér.) in the Netherlands East Indies—Miss T. v. B. UTTING ; é Cephalopods from the Cape ‘of Good Hope—Dr. Ki, H. BARNARD CNetee vinosa Gmelin in a Saxon Woman’s Grave in Ba a in de ip W. ACKSON ; A Reputed Smooth-shelled var. of H. aspersa—C. OLDHAM ; Isidorella pyramidata Sow.: A correction (with figures)—Dr. H. E. Quick Names of British Mollusca—III—-R. WINCKWoRTH Bionomics of a Brackish-water Nudibranch, Limapontia depressa—Dr. P. PELSENEER Occurrence of Amnicola taylori and B. leachii in Scotland—R. WATERSTON Giant Form of Pl. corneus—L. E. ADAMS ; A New Species of Lucina (Plate 1)—A. E. SALISBURY L. pereger var. maritima Jeff. at Gullane Point, Firth of Forth (with figures)—-D. K. KEVAN ‘ Supposed New Var. of tS ge ee dorie Issel—H. E. J. Brass : The Colouration of N. /apillus L.—G. L. WILKINS Lonpon: Dvutiavu & Co., Lrp., 32 OLp Bonp STREET, W. 1. Sold also at the Headquarters of the Society, THE MANCHESTER MUSEUM, THE UNIVERSITY, MANCHESTER. PRINTED BY STEPHEN AUSTIN & SONS, LTD., HERTFORD. | Seer an oe : STE A Scientific and Educational Journal Pare Gunes especially for Cheshire. Be Cumberland, Derbyshire, Isle of Man, Lancashire, North Wales, Shropshire, us _ Staffordshire and Westmorland. Edited by A. A. DALLMAN, F.C.S. i -in collaboration with _H. Britten, F, R.E.S., G. H. Carpenter, D.Sc., R. H. Gobstorshine! RB. Sc. |}: Jackson, D.Sc., F.G. ‘S., C. L. Walton, M-Sc., Ph. D., F. E, Weiss, D. ae Be Be R. A. Wilson, F.L.S., F. R. Met. S. Cami anications to; Editorial—A. A. Dallman, F. C. Si. 32 Mounc Road, Hr. PP eanweee, Pikenhead. Business—T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath. Annual Subscription 7/6. Single Copies 2/- net. Printed by T. Buncle & Co., Arbroath, Scotland. W. S. MEMBERS’ COLUMN WANTED _ by exchange or purchase FOREIGN LYMNAIDA AND SUCCINEIDE J. R. le B. TOMLIN, 23 BOSCOBEL ROAD, ST. LEONARDS-ON-SEA. THE BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA By R. WINCKWORTH, M.A. COPIES may be had at 9d. each, post free, from Messrs. DuLau & Co. ea Ltp., 32 Old Bond St., London, W.1, or from the Hessearers of : the Society. ar : THE - JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. ee 17th AUGUST, 1934. Diss sia: GENITAL DIMORPHISM IN ZONITOIDES. By Hucu Watson, M.A. CONTENTS. Page Introduction ‘ 5 : i Fig Zonitoides nitidus (Mull.) ; eae) Zonitoides excavatus (Bean) ' «Ae Other Zonitide f : 4 hipaa 4 Summary , i : j PuAw INTRODUCTION. THE British species of Zonitoides show an unusual amount of diversity in their genital ducts. Thus, the duct that passes back from the capsule that surrounds the anterior part of the penis and dart-sac opens into the receptacular duct alone in many specimens of Z. excavatus and probably in a few examples of Z. nitidus. But in other specimens of both species it communicates at its hinder end not only with the receptacular duct, but also with the oviduct, by means of a short transverse connection. And in still further examples of Z. nitidus I find that it only opens into the oviduct, its apparent connection with the receptacular duct consisting merely of connective tissue or muscle-fibres. I hope, however, to be able to discuss this peculiarity more fully in the course of a subsequent paper. In the present article I will therefore only attempt to deal with the much more conspicuous dimorphism of the penis, epiphallus, prostate gland, and dart- apparatus, which we find in these snails. It will be convenient to consider the two species separately, beginning with Z. nitidus. But first I wish to express my thanks to Professor A. E. Boycott, R. A. Phillips, C. O. van Regteren Altena, and others, who have together kindly furnished me with more than a third of the specimens on which my researches have been based. ZONITOIDES NiTIDUS (Miill.). In 1883 Charles Ashford! stated that out of about a hundred specimens of Zonitoides nitidus, obtained from Yorkshire and 1 Journ. of Conchol., vol. 4, p. 109. 34 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. Hampshire in July and August, only one had a dart; and that the rest seemed to have the dart-sac in a very early stage of develop- ment, though the shells in most cases were apparently mature. In 1897 W. Moss? said that out of eleven examples of the same species gathered at Bardsley, near Ashton-under-Lyne, in March and April, only three had darts, although all the shells seemed to be mature. In the remaining specimens the dart-sac was finger- shaped, without any trace of the peculiar lobe of the dart-bearing forms, and the calcareous organ in the penis was also absent. He added that the difference in the size of the genital organs of the two types was very conspicuous, and as no immature darts or transitional dart-sacs had been found the point awaited further elucidation. J. W. Taylor,? in 1908, stated that specimens examined up to and including May were usually furnished with a dart, while those examined in the later months were almost invariably without it. But more recently H. B. Baker * has pointed out that it is not entirely a matter of seasonal periodicity, as five of the seven specimens of this species that he dissected were collected in Michigan on the same day in the middle of July, and they included both types. The one with a dart and a relatively large dart-sac and penis he terms the male phase, and the one with the very small dart-sac and penis and | no dart he terms the female phase; and he states that this species evidently has a strong tendency towards separation of the male and female sex-functions, although one animal he dissected seemed to be more or less intermediate. He points out, however, that more work will be required to prove whether a single animal acts as both male and female during different periods of its life, the species being protandrous to an unusual degree, or whether an individual is permanently specialized towards a single. sex, though he thinks that the latter condition is the more probable. On the other hand, J. Thiele + seems to prefer the view that the two forms develop successively during the animal’s life, as he states that in Zonitotdes, s.s., the male and female parts usually are not mature simultaneously. If the view favoured by Baker be correct it implies that in Zonitoides nitidus we have an animal which, though belonging to an hermaphrodite group, has become more or less dicecious, a matter of great theoretical interest. And, in any case, it is clear that we have here a problem that merits further study. I have there- fore examined the genital ducts of a large number of specimens 1 Tbid., vol. 8; p. . Monogr. ae pa W. Moll. Brit. Ts vol. a3.p. 143. 8 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phila., vol. 80, "1928, p. 38. 4 Handbuch Syst. Weichtierkunde, Oa, p. 604, WATSON : GENITAL DIMORPHISM IN ZONITOIDES. 35 that I have collected in Cambridgeshire at different times of the year, and of a smaller number from Hertfordshire, Edinburgh, and Quebec, for which I am indebted to Professor A. E. Boycott and Mr. A. R. Waterston. Altogether 170 of the specimens dissected proved to be mature or nearly so, and of these 140 were found at Grantchester, about 2 miles south of Cambridge. They were collected in a broad ditch by the side of the road from Grantchester to Trumpington, where Z. nitidus occurs associated with the following species, although only the four marked with an asterisk are at all plentiful: Lymnza truncatula (Mill.), *Planorbis leucostoma Millet, *Carychium minimum Mill., Succinea putris (Lin.), *S. pfeifferi Rossm., Cochlicopa lubrica (Mill.), Vallonia pulchella (Mill.), Arianta arbustorum (Lin.), *Hygromia hispida (Lin.), H. striolata (Pfr.), Arion intermedius Norm., Euconulus fulvus (Miull.), Vitrea crystallina (Miull.), Oxychilus cellartus (Miull.), O. helveticus (Blum), Retinella radiatula (Alder), R. nitidula (Drap.), Agriolimax reticulatus (Miull.), and A. levis (Mill.). My researches accord with those of earlier observers in showing that two strikingly different types of genital ducts occur among apparently mature specimens of Zonttoides nitidus. In one type (Fig. 1) the dart-sac is long and recurved posteriorly ; it usually contains a long and slender dart, and when fully mature often bears a rounded coronal gland. The penis and epiphallus are also both well developed ; the vas deferens pursues a more or less serpentine or zig-zag course; and the prostate gland is usually rather conspicuous. In the other type (Fig. 2) the dart-sac and penis are very much smaller and simpler. The slender, degenerate dart-sac is not usually reflexed posteriorly ; 1t never contains a dart and never bears a coronal gland. The epiphallus is but little developed, being sometimes scarcely broader than the narrow vas deferens, which is straighter than in the other type. A prostate gland is not distinguishable ; and probably owing to the small size of the penis the anterior end of the latter organ does not extend as far forward as in the other type, so that the genital atrium is somewhat longer. But to term these two types male and female phases would seem to be misleading. Sections through the ovotestis, or hermaphrodite gland, of a specimen of each of the types, collected at the same time, show that in the so-called female phase the gland contains as many spermatozoa as it does in the so-called male phase, and, similarly, in the latter phase it contains as many ova as in the so-called female phase. Thus both types or phases are equally hermaphrodite. Moreover, I have found no appreciable differences in the female parts of the two types ; the only essential difference lies in the organs connected with copulation. In the so-called male type these organs 36 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. are well developed in the manner normally found in most species — of Zonitoides ; in the other type or phase the organs of cope enee are acu small and degenerate. The dimorphism of the genital ducts of this species may be compared with that which is found in Vallonia, Acanthinula, Vertigo, and allied genera. In these forms, however, adult specimens which have not well developed copulatory organs are entirely without them, the vas deferens ending blindly. This type has been appropriately,termed the aphallic condition ; and I therefore propose Anterior half of genital organs of two specimens of Zonitoides nitidus (Mill.), from Grantchester, Cambridgeshire. X 20. Fic. 1.—Euphallic type. Fic. 2.—Hemiphallic type. to call the type found in Z. nztzdus, in which the copulatory organs are present though very small and degenerate, the hemiphallic condition ; while the so-called male phase, in which these organs are well developed, may be termed the ewphallic condition. In those orthurethrous species in which the aphallic type occurs it is usually more abundant than the euphallic type, and the same is true of the hemiphallic type in Zonztoides nitidus, a fact suggested by the observations of Ashford and Moss mentioned above, and confirmed by my own observations shown in the following table :— WATSON : GENITAL DIMORPHISM IN ZONITOIDES. 37 Locality. Number of Specimens. Grantchester, Cambs. (Aug., 1928-—July, TO33) : : ; ‘ 32 euphallic, 108 hemiphallic. Lords Bridge, Cambs. (Oct., 1928) . BE - I - Wall Hall, Radlett, Herts. (Oct., 1921) . 2 ‘i 6 * Watford Road, Radlett, Herts. (May, 1923) 0 he 10 52 Duddingston Loch, Edinburgh (Oct? 163 ) fo) Pe 6 ‘3 Quebec, Canada (Oct., 924) . ‘ I re 4 P The structural differences between the genital ducts of the two types or phases strongly suggest that snails of the euphallic type reproduce by cross-fertilization, and those of the hemiphallic type by self-fertilization. But further investigations must be made before it can be said whether this is actually the case. Among all the specimens I have dissected the only four that contained a spermatophore, which might have come from another individual, were of the euphallic type ; but a microscopical examination of the contents of the spermatheca of a few specimens failed to reveal any spermatozoa in either type, though this fact is perhaps of little significance. We must now consider whether the two types succeed each other during the individual’s life, one changing into the other as the animal grows older, or whether some individuals are permanently of the one type and others permanently of the other type. The view that the euphallic phase changes during the animal’s life into the hemiphallic condition, by the degeneration of the copulatory organs, is certainly untenable. This is shown by the fact that the shells of hemiphallic specimens are, on an average, smaller than those of euphallic snails from the same locality. Thus, of the Grantchéster specimens, almost half of those with shells exceeding 5°85 mm. in diameter proved to be euphallic, and scarcely a tenth of those with smaller shells, there being a difference of quite i mm. between the average diameters of the shells of the two types. The smaller average size of the hemiphallic specimens, however, does not prove that this type changes into the euphallic phase as the animal grows. The difference may be due to the amount of room that the copulatory organs take up in the type in which they are well developed. And although the largest snails include the highest proportion of euphallic specimens, they also include some hemiphallic examples; indeed, the largest specimen that I dis- sected—an example from Lords Bridge, Cambridgeshire, with a shell measuring 7°3 mm. in diameter 1—proved to be of the 1 Taylor (1908) and Ellis (1926) give the diameter of the shell of Z. mtzdus as 8 mm., but this is far above the average size of the species. L. E. Adams (1896) gives 64 mm. as the shell’ s diameter; Steenberg (1911) gives 5-64 mm. ; Geyer (1927) 5-6 mm. ; Germain (1913 and 1930) and Mermod (1930) 5-7 mm. 38 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. hemiphallic type. It seems unlikely that such large hemiphallic snails are really younger and less fully grown than euphallic specimens that may be under 5°3 mm. in diameter. But the chief argument against the view that the one type changes into the other as the animal grows older is that, if this were so, one would expect to find, at some seasons at least, not a few specimens intermediate in character; for so great a change in the copulatory organs could not be accomplished in a very short time, and it is very unlikely that the snail would hide itself underground during the whole period when it was taking place. Yet, as Moss has already pointed out, such intermediate or transitional specimens seem to be conspicuous by their absence. Among the numerous examples of Z. nitidus that I have dissected, only three small specimens from Grantchester might possibly have been regarded as intermediate between the two types, but as their shells only measured 4°2, 4°3, and 4°7mm. in diameter respectively, it is much more probable that they were immature euphallic snails.+ Among the 135 specimens from Grantchester more than 4°75 mm. in diameter, and the thirty from other localities, not one intermediate example was found; all were quite definitely of the one type or of the other, although both conditions were found together at all seasons of the year from March to October. It therefore seems almost certain that one type does not change into the other during the individual’s life, but that some snails are permanently of one type and some of the other. It is remarkable, however, that the relative abundance of the two forms varies at different times of the year, as Taylor noticed and as the table on p. 39 shows. My observations indicate that in June and July, and sometimes also in May or August, the great majority of the specimens at Grantchester are of the hemiphallic type, and the very few euphallic snails found at the same time occur exclusively among the largest specimens. In the autumn, however, euphallic individuals become more numerous and are found of all sizes, while hemiphallic specimens become less common than at midsummer. The euphallic type is also common among such specimens as I have been able to find in the early spring. Thus it would seem that at Grantchester snails attaining sexual maturity at or near midsummer are of the hemiphallic type; while those of the euphallic type be 1 Probably the single ‘‘ more or less intermediate ’’ specimen dissected by Baker was also immature. He does not mention its size, but he states that his specimens lacked the coronal gland, and his drawing of the genital ducts of what he terms the male phase shows clearly that the specimen depicted was not fully mature. WATSON : GENITAL DIMORPHISM IN ZONITOIDES. 39 become mature in the autumn, or sometimes perhaps not until the following spring, as probably little development takes place during the depths of winter. It is natural to suppose that at least some of the largest snails found in the summer are specimens that have continued to live on from the spring, and this would explain why a few of the euphallic type may still be found in-the summer months. Max. Diameter Total of Shell . |4:5-4°8 mm./4:9-5-3 mm.|5-4-5:8 mm./5:9-6-4 mm.|6:5-6-9 mm. Pe ane 16h Aug, 1928". 0 2E, DH EES 2'o Le eames iss 9 SE, 10H 17th Oct.,1928. | 12, 1H |1z, 1 Oo ee ae 0 dn, 3H 16th May, 1929. | 0 0 le, On fim Ga 0 Qn, OH or a ee i ore oe ae TOQO FG, Wi de Lead OF, 2H QE, 3H Pe OR LE iE 2, OH 15th July,1930 | 0 On, tn (0H 12n | OF BH lim, On | Le, 168 17th Sept., 1930 0 0 28; OH ae, 28 2b, OR 8E, 2H 25th War... 19015) O08, TH Qz, 1H Big ooo 28, On | be, OF Ae, 2H 13th May, 1981 .°| 0-8,> 2H Or, 9H OR, oH Of Le 2B le 28, LO 30th June, 1931 0 Or, On |0z,13H | Lz, 7H 0 le, 20H 18th Oct., 1931 . 0 0 0 On, 1H 0 Or, 1H 7th July, 1983. |0z, 1H |Ox, 2 |0z,14u | On, 82 |. 0 Or, 20H Total. .{\1, 6H |3x,30nH |5u,47H | 162,23 |7n, 2u | 82,108 — Table showing the number of euphallic (zg) and hemiphallic (4) specimens of Zonttoides nitidus, of various sizes over 4:4.mm. in diameter, found together at Grantchester, near Cambridge, on different dates. Various explanations might be suggested to account for this marked seasonal difference in the relative prevalence of the two types. It may be that snails of the hemiphallic type develop more quickly than the others, and arrive at maturity at least three months earlier. Or perhaps the two types lay their eggs at different times of the year, as might easily be the case if one type is cross-fertilized and the other self-fertilized. Or it is conceivable that the two types are not genetically distinct, but that all the individuals of this species inherit a tendency to become hemiphallic under certain external conditions. For example, it is at least possible that if the weather is cold and unfavourable at a certain critical stage in the early development of the genital ducts, the snail will become hemi- phallic ; while it will become euphallic if the weather is warmer at that stage of development, as it might be in specimens not maturing until late in the year. Further observations and experiments are required to discover which explanation is correct. It will be noted that Taylor found, 40 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. as I have done, that the proportion of euphallic specimens diminished about the end of May; but he does not seem to have found that it increased again in the autumn. Perhaps he did not examine many specimens in the autumn ; or it may be that in the North of England the euphallic snails do not mature until later. In this connection it may perhaps be significant that six specimens found by Waterston beside Duddingston Loch, Edinburgh, all proved to be hemiphallic, although they were collected as late as the beginning of October. ZONITOIDES EXCAVATUS (Bean). Charles Ashford } stated that out of a large series of individuals of this species examined in May, June, and July, scarcely 10 per cent furnished darts; and that they were most likely to be found in animals with shells that had lost their brilliancy and assumed a dull, dirty yellow appearance. Moss? found that a dart was present in only three out of eleven, apparently mature, specimens of this species collected at Bardsley, near Ashton-under-Lyne, in March and April, that is to say, exactly the same proportion as he found in Zonitoides nitidus from the same locality ; and his further remarks, which I summarized when dealing with the last species, apply also to the present one. Taylor ? stated that adult specimens of Z. excavatus often contain darts up to the middle of May, but that later in the year darts are absent from mature examples, which then become less common, the immature specimens becoming more plentiful. Boycott,* however, found darts in two out of five specimens he examined, which had been collected at Portmadoc, Carnarvonshire, in the month of August. - Of this species I have only been able to examine the genital ducts of between fifty and sixty specimens, including eight from English localities, for which I am indebted to Professor A. E. Boycott, thirty-seven from various Irish localities, nearly all of which were kindly collected and sent to me by R. A. Phillips, and eight from Holland, which were kindly collected by Dr. W. Beyerinck, and sent to me by C. O. van Regteren Altena. Particulars of these specimens are given in the following table :— Hartfield, Sussex. March, 1926 . 3 hemiphallic specimens. Burnham Beeches, Bucks. Feb., 1926 1 ditto. ap es Moril, 1920... 3. ditto: Haltwhistle, Northumberland, June, 1925 : ; : : POO Gateoy New Ross, Co. Wexford. Dec., 1929 2 ditto. (diam. 5°5 mm.) 1 Journ. of Conchol., vol. 4, 1883, p. III. * Ibid., vol. 8; 1807,.p.:421. 3 Monogr. L. and F. W. Moll. Brit. Is., vol. 3, 1908, p. 136. 4 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. 11, 1915, p. 327. . WATSON: GENITAL DIMORPHISM IN ZONITOIDES. 41 New Ross, Co. Wexford. Jan., 1931 9 ditto. (diam. 4°7-6'1 mm.) Mt. Butler, Roscrea, Co. Tipperary. Oct., 1929 . g ditto. (diam. 4°2—-5°7 mm.) Kilrush, Co. Clare. March, 1931 . 9g ditto. (diam. 4'5-6'o mm.) I euphallic (diam. 5°8 mm.) Woodford, Co. Galway. Jan., 1930 6 hewphalie (dem oes mint) CorGalway.: Sept.,, 1928). ¢: ae. Vaitte., 1 (diane, 3°2/na?) Mantinge, Drente, Holland. June, {3 euphallic (diam. 5:2-5:8 mm.) 1934 A . (5 hemiphallic (diam. 4°9-5°8 mm.) In this species we ad exactly the same dimorphism of the genital ducts as in Zonitoides nitidus. ‘The euphallic and hemiphallic types much resemble the corresponding types in the last species, and have already been figured by Moss.1. They differ strikingly from each other in the same manner as they do in Z. nitidus. It is true that in some of the hemiphallic specimens of the present species the penis, epiphallus, and dart-sac do not seem to be quite so small and degenerate ; but even these specimens do not approach those of the euphallic type, which contrast strongly with all the hemiphallic specimens found with them. As in the last species, the shells of the euphallic specimens are, on an average, slightly larger than the others. But one, sexually mature, euphallic specimen had a shell measuring only 5:2 mm. in diameter, while the hemiphallic snails that I have dissected had shells varying up to 6°1 mm. in diameter, and Boycott? stated that the shell of the specimen of which he figured sections had a diameter of as much as 6°4mm., although this animal appears to have been of the hemiphallic type. ‘These facts, together with the notable absence of intermediate specimens, suggest that in this species also it is very improbable that one type develops into the other in the course of growth. It is much more likely that the slightly greater average size of the euphallic specimens is due to the fact that the much larger copulatory organs require a larger shell to accommodate them. This species also resembles Z. nitidus in that the euphallic type is the less common of the two, but is not so scarce at some seasons of the year as at others. In the present species, however, according to the observations of previous authors as well as my own, it would seem that euphallic specimens are most frequently found in the spring or summer, and are rare at other times of the year. But it is to be hoped that some one who has the opportunity will investigate this matter further with the help of breeding experiments, which would be facilitated by the fact that it is often possible to distinguish the two types even in living specimens, owing to the transparency of the shell. 1 Trans. Manchester Microscop. Soc. 1898, 1899, pl. v, figs. 23, 26. * Op, cit., p. 928, 42 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. OTHER ZONITIDZE. This remarkable dimorphism of the genital ducts does not seem to occur in any other member of the Zonitidz found in the British Isles, apparently not even in Zonitoides arboreus (Say), a species introduced into Britain from America. Indeed, with the possible exception of Agriolimax levis (Miill.), I do not know of any other British sigmurethrous snail or slug in which ole: at all com- parable has been found. It is possible, however, that one or two of the numerous species of the Zonitidz found only in America may show a similar condition. For example, in Striatura, an American genus allied to Zonitoides, Baker? has described and figured the genital ducts of S. ferrea Morse as having exceptionally small and simple male organs, and no dart, although he has shown ? that in S. milium (Morse) these organs are large and well developed and a dart is present. It there- fore seems possible that the three specimens of S. ferrea which Baker was able to examine may all have been of the hemiphallic type, for sometimes one may dissect as many as twenty examples of Zonitoides nitidus without finding a single At ane specimen among them. SUMMARY. The two species of Zonitoides native to the British Isles both show a striking dimorphism in the genital ducts. In some specimens— the “ euphallic”’ type—the penis, epiphallus, prostate gland, and dart-apparatus are well developed ; in others—the “ hemiphallic ” type—these organs are quite small and degenerate—a condition which may be compared with that of the aphallic specimens found in several orthurethrous species. Both types are equally hermaphrodite, but the first would seem better adapted to cross- fertilization, and the second to self-fertilization. ‘They both may grow to about the same size, and may be found together at almost any season of the year without intermediate forms. It is therefore very unlikely that one type develops into the other during growth. Nevertheless, the euphallic type is often scarcest among small specimens, and is more frequently found at some seasons of the year than at others, when it may be comparatively rare. A similar genital dimorphism does not seem to occur among any of the other British Zonitidz, although it may perhaps be found in one or two of the members of this family living only in America. 1 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 80, 1928, p. 37, pl. vii, fig. 6. 2 Ibid.; p. 35, pl. vil, figs. 3, 0,24, 43 ACHATINA FULICA (FER.) IN THE NETHERLANDS EAST INDIES. By Miss TERA VAN BENTHEM JUTTING (Zoological Museum, Amsterdam). (Read before the Society, 11th November, 1933.) Ir is a matter of common knowledge that in the course of about 80 years the large African snail Achatina fulica (Fér.) has succeeded in finding its way from its native country, tropical Africa, to Mauritius, the Seychelles, British India, Ceylon, Malaya, China, and North Borneo, thus augmenting its territory in an unequalled short amount of time. Benson was the first to meet them on Mauritius in 1847 and afterwards purposely introduced them in Calcutta, and by the time he published his note the editor of the journal could add a record from Reunion where the animal had also been introduced by human agency. For further particulars about the rapid distribution of this snail in our century I may refer to the bibliography at the end of this note. It is curious that in its native country Achatina fulica does not require special attention as a devastator, whereas in its new settle- ments it soon became an extraordinary plague to horticulture and to some of the crops for the world-market (rubber, tea, cacao) by feeding down young shoots and flowers, not even respecting such well-armed plants as Euphorbia and Opuntia. Now it was not to be wondered at that the Plantquarantaine Service of the Netherlands East Indies of late years has been vigilant to keep this enemy far from our Malaysian colonies. Unfortunately, in spite of all precautions the barrier has been forced and in the beginning of 1933 specimens were reported from the Rhio Archipelago and afterwards from Java. A recent letter of Mr. van der Meer Mohr of the Deli Experiment Station at Medan mentions the occurrence of Achatina fulica in large numbers in a rubber plantation on the east coast of Sumatra. Large new regions are hereby opened for the invaders. It is hoped that agricultural and horticultural authorities will succeed in combating this new pest by inculcating on the Europeans and on the native population that no measures of extermination can be severe enough to protect their crop from these voracious new- comers. In concluding I wish to draw attention to a useful instruction for destroying Achatina fulica suggested in a paper by Connolly where it might perhaps escape adequate notice :— 44 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. “It is an interesting fact, in this connection, that there is no limestone in Ceylon, which is almost a purely granitic formation, and due doubtless to this cause the snails have developed a passion for whitewash, for which they crawl up the walls of buildings in order to lap it off the whitened windows, and this is now turned to account in keeping down the pest by placing little bags of poisoned whitewash in spots where they are likely to find and eat it.”’ This method of destruction might be put in practice in our colonies with equally satisfactory chances of success, at least in West Java, this part of the island being poor in limestone deposits. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1.—W. H. Benson, ‘‘ Note sur la transportation et la naturalisation au Bengale de l’Achatina fulica de Lamarck ’”’ (Fourn. de Conch., Vol. 7, 1655, Pp. 200-9). 2.—N.. ANNANDALE, “ The Distribution in India of the African snail Achatina fulica Fér.” (Ree. Ind. Mus. vole, 1907; pp. 170-7). 3.—V.H. C. JARRETT, ‘“'The occurrence of the snail Achatina fulica in Malaya” (Singapore Naturalist, 1923, pp. 73-6). 4.—F. W. Soutu, “ The Giant Snail (Achatina fulica Fér.) in Malaya ”’ (Malayan Agric. vol; 14, 1926, DD: 2315241): 5.—J. C. VAN DER MEER Monk, ‘ ‘*“ Over Ryssota brookei en tevens nog een enkel woordje over Achatina fulica’”’ (De Trop. Natuur, vol. 16, £O27)\ Dip enGrs). 6.—K. W. Dammerman, The Agricultural Zoology of the Malay Archipelago (Amsterdam, 1929, p. I19). 7 —M. Conno ty, “‘ The Distribution of Non-Marine Mollusca throughout Continental Africa ” (Journ. of Conch., vol. 19, 1929, p. 103). 8.—V.H. C. Jarrett, ‘‘ Achatina fulica”’ (Hong Kong Naturalist, vol. 3, 1932). 9.—S. LeeFMans and J. VAN DER VECHT, ‘De groote Agaatslak (Achatina fulica Fér.) in Nederlandsch- fade (De Bergcultures, vol. 7, 1933, PP- 579-584). CEPHALOPODS FROM THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. By K. H. Barnarp, D.Sc. (South African Museum, Cape Town). IN rearranging the exhibited series of Cephalopods in the South African Museum, a specimen which had been labelled ‘“Enoploteuthis ”’ attracted attention. On closer examination it was found to be Gonatus fabric (Lichtenstein). ‘The specimen was captured by the Cape Fisheries Survey vessel Pieter Faure in 1903 off Cape Point in 930 fathoms (no closing net used), and probably had been provisionally identified as an Enoploteuthis by. the. late: Dr, Gilehrist. Gonatus fabricii was recorded from the Cape of Good Hope by Steenstrup, as mentioned by Pfeffer (1912, Ceph. Plankt. Exp. ii, F:.a., pp) 231,°240, 1242): \¢Baissgecord seems -to| have been overlooked in compiling the fauna-lists of South African Mollusca. BARNARD : CEPHALOPODS FROM THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE. 45 The present specimen is in good condition but has lost the greater part of the epidermis. Length from anterior margin of mantle to posterior apex 220 mm., to beginning of fin 125 mm. ; breadth 37 mm. Length of fin 95 mm., greatest breadth 85 mm. The fin is therefore nearly equilateral, the greatest width almost as far forward as the origin of the fin, the apex tapering rapidly to a slender point resembling Pfeffer’s figure of Ancistroteuthis fice, pl. 50). The 2nd, 3rd, and 4th (ventral) pair of arms are subequal, about 110 mm. in length, the 4th pair more slender than the others. The 1st (dorsal) pair is go mm. in length. ‘Tentacles 160 mm. in length. On the club there are three small median hooks proximal to the very large subdistal one. Gladius 170 mm. inlength. Radula as figured by Verrill (1882, Trans. Conn. Ac. Arts Sct., vol. v, pl..45; fig..1a). Pfeffer (l.c., p. 240) mentions differences between the northern and the southern (antarcticus) forms, and wonders whether Steenstrup’s Cape specimen belonged to the latter or to an inter- mediate form. ‘These differences are relative, and without actual material for comparison it is difficult to say to which form the present specimen bears most resemblance. In comparison, however, with Verrill’s figure 1d on pl. 49 (l.c., 1882) both the distal and subdistal hooks on the club of the tentacle project much farther out of their sheaths, especially the large subdistal one, and in shape are almost perfect semicircles. This specimen would seem, therefore, to belong to the southern form. This opportunity may be taken of placing on record the occurrence at the Cape of three other Cephalopods not hitherto included in the fauna-list. | Thysanoteuthis rhombus Troschel. The specimen from which the exhibited cast was made was washed ashore at St. James, False Bay, date unknown. Mantle length 480 mm., width 375 mm. Another specimen came ashore at the same locality in February, 1918. Todarodes sagittatus (Lam.). A cast of this species was prepared from a specimen washed ashore on the west coast of the Cape Peninsula. Mantle length 520 mm., length of fin 235 mm., _ width of fin 390 mm. Tremoctopus violaceus Della Chiaje. ‘Two specimens of this species were washed up at St. James in April, 1912, and a third one at Somerset Strand (also in False Bay) in 1917. 46 | | CYPRAA VINOSA GMELIN IN A SAXON WOMAN’S GRAVE IN SOMERSET. By J. Wi_rrip Jackson, D.Sc., F.G.S. (Read before the Society, 7th December, 1932.) I am indebted to the Very Rev. Prior Horne, F.5.A., of Downside Abbey, near Bath, for information concerning a cowry-shell submitted to me for identification. ‘The shell is that of Cyprea vinosa Gmelin and was discovered in a Saxon cemetery at Camerton, Somerset, by Prior Horne. It is pierced at one end for suspension and was found in grave 100 of this cemetery. The grave is dated as the middle of the seventh century a.p. and contained a female skeleton with the minute bones of a seven months child within the pelvis. In a little heap by the left foot of the skeleton were found: 1, cowry-shell ; 2, lump of chalk cut in the shape of a heart, min. long; 3,.a large boars tusk; 4, a thick iron pin, 24 in. long; 5, a flint scraper (?); and 6, a Roman 3rd brass apparently of Tetricus II. In rg1r ‘Tomlin (this Fournal, vol. xii, p. 251) recorded a lip- fragment of Cyprea tigris from a pit-dwelling at St. Mary Bourne, Hants. In 1912 (this Yournal, vol. xiii, p. 307) I published a short account of the discovery of shells of Cyprzxa vinosa in Saxon graves in Kent. ‘These shells, under the name of Concha veneris, were recorded by Faussett, in 1856,1 from the graves of Saxon women, two on Kingston Down and one on Sibertswold Down. One of the Kingston Down graves is dated as seventh century A.D. from the associated pendants. I was able to identify the species from two examples preserved in the Mayer Collection in the Liverpool Museum. In the same paper I referred to another cowry from a double-grave, also seventh century, near Wingham, Kent, recorded in Archzologia, vol. xxx, p. 551. In the Antiquaries Fournal, vol. xi, 1931 (pp. 282-4), there is a further record by Mr. 'T. W. Bagshawe of the discovery of a Cyprxa vinosa, pierced for suspension, in a Saxon grave at Luton, Bedfordshire, along with a female skeleton. In addition to the foregoing, four other records of the association of cowry-shells with Saxon burials are mentioned by Nils Aberg in The Anglo-Saxons in England (1926, pp. 105 and 208). They are as follows : Chatham, Kent, one Cyprea found with a seventh century pendant; Sarre, Kent, one Cyprxa arabica; Alfriston, Sussex, three fragments of a large cowry-shell, dating A.D. 550-600; and Hasling- field, Cambridge, one Cyprea. Cowries are also recorded from graves 1 Faussett, Inventorium Sepulchrale (1856), pp. 68, 92, and 133. JACKSON : CYPRAEA VINOSA GMELIN IN SAXON GRAVE. 47 at Linton, Cambs, of sixth century (see Fox, Archzol. of the Camb. Region, 1923, p. 260); and Burwell, Cambs (see T. C. Lethbridge, Camb. Antig. Soc., vol. xxix, pp. 84 et seq.); also Ellesborough, Bucks (see Records of Buckinghamshire, vol. ix, pp. 426 et seq., and plate 1). Cowries from Jutish burials from Breach Downs, Kent, and Wingham, Kent, are in the British Museum. Nils Aberg (op. cit., p. 106, footnote) remarks that ‘ Indian decorative shells also occur in Lombard, South German, and Scandinavian grave finds, and mostly belong to the seventh century. It would, however, seem that these shells had begun to be imported _ into Middle Europe already during the course of the sixth century ”’. In my 1912 paper (op. cit., p. 308) I refer to records of Cyprxa vinosa from the Franco-Merovingian Necropolis of Nesles-lez- Verlincthun (Canton de Samer); from a sepulchre at Tardinghen ; and from excavations at Pompeii. Cypreza tigris has also been recorded from the latter place as well as from the Gallo-Roman necropolis of Trion, at Lyons. A fragment of Cyprea lurida, pierced for suspension, is recorded from the dolmen of Géandes, Bourg-Saint-Andéol, at Ardeche (see Annales de la Société Linn. de Lyon, vol. lviil, 1911, p. 210). | In my book, published in 1917,1 I discussed the significance of the presence of cowries in graves and other situations. It was there stated that the cowry was (and still is) widely believed to confer fertility on women and to help in the process of parturition. They are worn by women as amulets, presented to them as bridal offerings in many places, and used by sterile and pregnant women to attain these respective benefits. In addition they have been placed in graves with the object of conferring vitalizing power and | to ensure the continuance of the deceased’s existence, i.e. not merely life but resurrection. The association of cowry-shells with pregnancy is to be found in places so far away as India and Japan. 1 J. W. Jackson, Shells as Evidence of the Migrations of Early Culture, Manchester, University Press, 1917. 48 A REPUTED SMOOTH-SHELLED VARIETY OF HELIX _ ASPERSA MULL. By C. OLDHAM. (Read before the Society, 1oth March, 1934.) REFERENCE is made on p. 259 of vol. ii of J. W. Taylor's Monograph of British Land and Freshwater Mollusca to a variety of Helix aspersa said to have been described by P. Calcara as var. glabra in Molluscht Sicilia (1845). Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin tells me that no such work as Molluschi Sicilia is known, but that in a paper of Calcara’s, published in 1845, the Esposizione det Moll. Terr. e Fluv. det Dintorni di Palermo, ten forms of H. aspersa are enumerated. No description is given of any, but the name glabra, one of the ten, should perhaps be regarded as a descriptive epithet. Lacking a diagnosis, however, it is a nomen nudum, and therefore invalid. In the absence of any proper description prior to 9th July, 1910, the date of issue of the relevant part of the Monograph, 'Taylor himself must be regarded as the author of glabra in view of his diagnosis, “ Shell smooth with the usual rugulose sculpture almost obliterated ’’; locality, Sicily. In a later part of the Monograph, published on 20th December, 1914, Taylor ascribes to the Sicilian form which he had described as glabra a variety which “ has been found to inhabit the churchyard at Rand, near Wragby, Lincolnshire, by Mr. J. F. Musham”’. _ It seemed worth while to ascertain whether this smooth character was a heritable one, and in order to see if smooth snails still inhabited the churchyard, I visited Rand in January, 1933. At that season aspersa was, of course, not active, but a few dead shells found in the churchyard were of the typical wrinkled form. A subsequent examination of the shells from Rand in the Lincoln Museum, in the J. W. Taylor and J. Kidson Taylor collections in the cabinet of the Conchological Society and in Mr. Tomlin’s collection, as well as shells in the Lincoln Museum collected in the Newark Road, Lincoln, on 2oth May, 1910, a month later than the date on which the shells were collected at Rand, made it clear that the smoothness was not natural, but due to extraneous causes. All the shells were devoid of periostracum and fizzed when tested with a drop of dilute hydrochloric acid. But their degradation had gone further; the calcareous portion of the shells had apparently been attacked by some corrosive agent, which had so eroded the shell externally that the characteristic yellowish-grey 1'The paper appeared in the Att: della Accademia di Scienze e Lettere di Palermo, N.S., vol. i (1845). OLDHAM : SMOOTH-SHELLED VARIETY OF HELIX ASPERSA MULL. 49 flammules had disappeared or were represented only by vestiges ; whilst internally the nacreous layer had the shabby appearance of shells some time dead. Smooth shells, replicas of those from the Rand churchyard, may be turned out to order by decorticating any ordinary aspersa by boiling them in dilute caustic soda, then partially decalcifying them by immersion in dilute hydrochloric acid and polishing the deteriorated product with a little vaseline. A like result may be achieved by immersing normal shells in sulphuric acid, which both decorticates and decalcifies them, although sulphuric breaks down the calcareous layers more slowly than hydrochloric acid. | Mr. Musham tells me that the shells at Rand and in the Newark Road, Lincoln, were collected for and not by him, that those at Rand were found in a heap of old masonry in a corner of the churchyard, and that the smooth shells, whether at Rand or in the Newark Road, were all dead, such living ones as were seen being ordinary rough-shelled aspersa. How the Rand shells were reduced to their smooth state it is impossible to say. Attrition by blown sand, the effects of which are often seen in shells living on sand dunes, may be ruled out at once, for the churchyard stands on heavy glacial clay. Some of the Museum specimens appear to have remains of dead snails in their upper whorls, and it seems possible that snails, gathered in the churchyard or the adjacent vicarage garden, had been thrown into some corrosive stuff, weed- killer or what not, which had attacked the organic and inorganic parts alike, and had then been cast onto the rubbish heap, although this would hardly account for the smooth shells in the Newark Road. However the condition was attained, and whatever the shells referred to by Calcara may have been, it is certain that these Lincolnshire shells are not natural products and in con- sequence are not to be differentiated by their smoothness from “normal examples. No such smooth form as T'aylor’s diagnosis postulates has yet been recognized in Britain. 50 ISIDORELLA PYRAMIDATA (SOW.) : A CORRECTION. By Dr. Fl, 1 Oui, (Read before the Society, 12th May, 1934.) In the Fournal of Conchology, vol. 19, June, 1933, fig. 12 on p. 327 is inaccurate. ‘I‘he organ shown as the gonad is really the albumen gland. The gonad occupies the upper whorls of the shell in the usual way, and the hermaphrodite duct has numerous small saccular diverticula as indicated in Fig. C. Compare Watson’s figure of Isidora (Physopsts) globosa (Morelet), Trans. Roy. Soc. of S. Africa, vol. xii, part 3, plate viii. In the living animal of Isidorella pyramidata, the lobulated respiratory frill overlaps the anus, and lies largely in front of it, hiding the siphon, but in spirit specimens the frill shrinks back and appears as in Fig. A, exposing the anus between it and the siphon. While it is true that the salivary glands and their very short ducts lie in front of the nerve ring on the buccal bulb in Istdorella and in Planorbis corneus, a very thin thread of glandular tissue passes back through the nerve ring (Fig. B). 51 NAMES OF BRITISH MOLLUSCA—ITI. By R. Winckwortu, M.A. (Read before the Society 9th December, 1933.) THE following remarks on Pecten and Kellia were included in Part II, but held over from the last number of the Journal for want of space. The note on Pandora has been amplified and the opportunity taken to add two other notes. PECTEN (p. 241). Grant and Gale in a book,! which contains a great deal of valuable systematic work, seem to me to be in error, when they regard the genus Pecten as established by Osbeck ocad of Miller. Osbeck’s account of his eastern travels was originally published in Swedish in 1757, and is too early to be taken into account; this was trans- lated into German in 1765 ; and an English Edicion! translated from the German, appeared in 1771. The only reference to Pecten faithfully survives both translations, as may be seen from the complete quotations here given. 1757, p. 299. ‘‘ Med ankartaget sdlade et hwitt Corall-amne, hwarpa en réd Snicka, Pecten adscensionis, som hade manga grenar pa skalet och war fastwaxt.”’ 1771, p. 100. ‘‘ With the cable we pulled up a piece of coral, on which a red shell (Pecten Adscensionts) was growing, which on its valves represented many branches.”’ While it is true that the German edition had been carefully revised, this does not give nomenclatorial validity to the original names. Opinion 21 of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature refuses nomenclatorial status to Klein’s genera of 1744 as quoted by Walbaum in 1792. Opinion 57 is even more pertinent : :—‘‘ Hasselquist’s ‘Iter Palaestinum’ was published prior to 1758; it was edited as to its nomenclature by Linnaeus. The German translation by Gadebusch, published in 1762, does not give validity to the names published in the original edition in 1757. Not only is Pecten Osbeck inadmissible on this basis, but it would -also appear to be a nomen nudum. The genus is in no way described, but is solely dependent on its association with the specific name Adscensionis. 'This species, however, is certainly not indicated ? or defined, and surely one cannot regard this casual allusion as a description. It is so far from being described that Grant and Gale interpret it as an unidentified species of Chlamys, while I should 1 Mem. San Diego Soc. N.H., vol. 1 (1931). 2 The term “ indication ”’ is ‘precisely defined in Opinion 1. 52 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. consider it more probable that it was Spondylus powelli Smith, after consulting published and manuscript lists of Ascension Island mollusca and bearing in mind the remark, firmly grown (fastw4xt) on coral; though an unknown species of Chama might be a better guess. This point could be settled from the actual specimen, which is probably still in existence, but “‘ in no case is the word indication to be construed as including museum specimens. ” My conclusion is that Pecten Osbeck is a nude name, published in a work not valid for nomenclature ; accordingly Pecten Miller 1776 stands with P. maximus (L.) as type. IELLIA (p.) 242). Grant and Gale have stated that the customary use of Kellia is inadmissible, inasmuch as Herrmannsen in 1846 selected Cardium rubrum Montagu as type. They have, however, overlooked the earlier designation of type by Récluz in 1844, who, in his account of Erycina, refers + to 'Turton’s genus Kellia, mentioning “ Le type de son Kellia, celui seul qui correspond au caractere de son genre, le Kellia suborbicularis.” CALOPODIUM v. PANDORA (p. 248). Dr. Prashad has already pointed out, in his report on the Pelecypoda of the Siboga Expedition (p. 322), that Calopodium must supplant Pandora. | The first reference to Pandora occurs in 1795, in volume 11 of the Conchylien-Cabinet, where (p. 211) Chemnitz at the end of his description of Tellina crystallina states that Hwass had made a new genus (Geschlecht) for Tellinas with a flat upper valve such as inequivalvis, crystallina, etc., and called it Pandora. Unfortunately in this volume Chemnitz is as casual in his use of binomials as in the earlier volumes 2; and I do not see that the quotation of a name attributed to Hwass in a non-binomial work can be regarded as a valid proposal of a genus. The next use of the word Pandora is as a legend over three figures in the middle of plate 250 of the Tableau Encyclopédique, part 10, published in 1797. Unfortunately no specific name is given; and, although a published figure is to be construed as a valid indication of a species, it does not give validity to a generic name. Thus Pandora cannot be regarded as a valid generic name until Lamarck’s formal description * in 1799. Meanwhile, Réding had 1 Revue Zool. Cuv., vol. 7, p. 295. 2 'There is a mononomial Phineas on p. 297 ; ; numerous trinomials, e.g. Helix Ianus bifrons (p. 307) and Helix Nux denticulata, Helix sinuata major (p. 275), and even quadrinomials occur in this volume. ’ International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, Opinion 1. 4 Mem. Soc. H. N. Paris, an vii, p. 88. WINCKWORTH : NAMES OF BRITISH MOLLUSCA. 53 already in 1798 proposed Calopodium 4 for the species C. albidum Réding = Tellina inequivalvis Gmelin. Poli in 1791 placed the animal of Tellina inzequivalvis in a new genus, Hypogea; but that name need not be considered here, as it includes Pholas dactylus, which species was selected as type by Gray. I cannot agree with those authors who regard the Mediecrancan and Atlantic forms referred to Pandora inzquivalvis (L.) as con- specific. The English species has a thick shell, the Mediterranean a thin one ; they differ also in colour, in shell proportions, in muscle scars, in the shape of the cardinal and in the angle it makes with the ligament. It is true both vary considerably, but they remain distinct in these and almost every shell character except sculpture. For these two forms the names usually given are inequivalvis Linné and margaritacea Lamarck. I have recently re-examined the type specimen in the Linnean cabinet, and can confirm that it is the Mediterranean species. For the Atlantic species, I am afraid the law of priority requires us to revive albidum Réding 1798 for margaritacea Lamarck 1801. Calopodium albidum is defined by reference to Tellina inzequivalvis Gmelin (which includes Pacific, Mediterranean, and Atlantic species) and further limited by the quotation of Chemnitz’s figures only among those given by Gmelin : this makes albidum the Atlantic species. | TELLINA BRITANNICA Tomlin (p. 245). Attention is here drawn to a recent paper ? in which this new species is described. It is closely related to Tellina balaustina L., and should be added to the list after No. 121. ScaLa Bruguiere. I note that Thiele in his Handbuch, p. 222, revives Klein’s name Scala for Epitonium, quoting it as Scala (Klein 1753) Bruguiére 1792. I find that Bruguiére, however, has not used Scala himself, but in the article on the history of conchology, section “‘ Méthode de Klein”, gives ‘a’ list’ of Klein's ‘genera’ extracted’ from: his Tentamen. ‘This (p. 532) is the only reference to Scala I can find in Bruguiere, and obviously does not make Klein’s name available ; the description of Scala is quoted verbatim from p. 52 of the Tentamen. In Epitonium the whorls are separated so as to form a disjunct spiral, and I have regarded Clathrus as_ generically distinct. 1 Mus. Bolten., p. 166. 2 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. 21, p. 145 (1934). 54 .~BIONOMICS OF A BRACKISH-WATER NUDIBRANCH : LIMAPONTIA DEPRESSA. By Dr. PauL PELSENEER. L. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION. In the 8th part of Alder & Hancock’s British Nudibranchiate Mollusca, 1910, p. 142, Eliot says that Limapontia depressa “‘ appears not to have been found since the time of Alder & Hancock ” (1862, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. x, pp. 264-5), and thus has remained unknown from other localities than those quoted by them: near Sunderland, North Sea, and near Swansea, Bristol Channel. Nevertheless, in some other stations, L. depressa was recorded before 1910: in Wimereux, near Boulogne (Pelseneer, 1894, Mém. Acad. Belg., vol. liii, p. 62: anatomical description, without biological account), and near Easington, Yorkshire (Petch, 1903, Trans. Hull Sct. and Field Natural. Club, vol. 111, p. 32); then, more recently, in Sallenelles, not far from Caen, Calvados (Gallien, 1929, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie, ser. 8, vol. i, p. 162), and in East Scotland, near Dunbar (Kevan, 1934, this fournal, vol. xx, p. 16). Thus this species enjoys a rather wide distribution in both Britain and Continent (French coasts of the Channel), and as L. depressa is a minute creature, it has probably escaped notice in various places; but as it has a very special habitat, it could not be present everywhere. II. HAaBritat or BIOTOPE. In each station L. depressa is living in the same natural conditions: brackish pools more or less isolated from the sea, and there related only by exceptional tides. It has also, in its various places, the same , fellow-species, WIZ, among mollusca: Tellina balthica, Hydrobia ulve, Alexia myosotis, and often Alderia modesta. Adult and larval L. depressa may live in sea-water, and the latter could be carried eventually by currents through the open sea. In fresh water, on the contrary, they die. Besides, L. depressa lives also, for a rather long time, out of the water, in a damp atmosphere. | III. BreepING Hasits AND DEVELOPMENT. (1) Breeding Season.—Not only during the months November— December, then once more April-May, but also in January— February (Gallien) and March (Pelseneer). ‘Thus during a very large part of the year, over seven months. .PELSENEER : BIONOMICS OF A BRACKISH-WATER NUDIBRANCH. 55 (2) Egg Clusters and Number of Eggs——The nidamental ribbons or egg clusters are as long as the laying animal, 6-7 mm., some- times more (1 cm.). The deposition of a cluster ends in a few minutes. The number of eggs in a ribbon is about 400, or nearly the same number as in Limapontia capitata in the Mediterranean Sea (Vayssiere, 1903). (3) Development.—A. Conformation of the hatched young. The Limapontiidz are the only family of Nudibranchs where the young of some genera hatch with the adult form (“ ephelicimorphic’”’): Cenia cocksi (Pelseneer, 1899 ; Colgan, 1912), Vayssterea caledonica (Risbec, 1928). In L. depressa the hatching, as could be expected from the great number of eggs, takes place with veliger free larve, as in the adjoining species L. capitata, and in other genera of Ascoglossa: LErcolania, Hermza, Alderia, Elysta. B. Length of embryonic life: in L. depressa this period covers three or four weeks, thus more than in L. capitata (16-17 days). In the latter, however, observations were made in summer (June) and in L. depressa in winter (February), and the different dura- tions are caused by the differences of season: always higher temperature accelerates development and hatching. OCCURRENCE OF AMNICOLA TAYLORI (E. A. SMITH) AND BITHYNIA LEACHII (SHEPPARD) IN SCOTLAND. By RopcEerR WATERSTON. (Read before the Society, 8th April, 1933.) A VISIT was paid to the ponds used for seasoning timber at Grange- mouth, Stirlingshire, on 20th April, 1931. ‘The ponds are three in number. The two largest lie right and left of the road Grangemouth to Falkirk at Grangemouth and communicate under the road, while that on the right also communicates directly with the Forth and Clyde Canal and with the River Forth at high tide. The third pond lies close to this one and does not concern us in these notes. The two main ponds are bordered, where they have not been artificially built up with cement, by a narrow belt of Glyceria aquatica backed by Urtica in places. Amnicola taylori was found to be common amongst the submerged decaying leaves at the roots of the Glyceria. Specimens were readily obtained by sieving. On the outer fringe of the Glyceria belt Bithynia leachit occurred abundantly with S. corneum and B. tentaculata. Many egg ribbons of B. leachit were observed in both ponds on a subsequent visit on 7th July, 1931. Amnicola taylori has been kept under observation at home and 56 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. bred in June last year, producing small circular plano-convex capsules laid singly and each containing a single egg. Further ‘observations on the development have confirmed those of Jackson and Taylor (Journal of Conchology, xi, pp. 9-11). The close parallel of the habitat of this species at Grangemouth and Dukin- field is remarkable. In both cases Glycerta seems to furnish most amenable conditions. Elsewhere in Britain A. taylori occurs in canals in Cheshire and Lancashire. Ellis regards the species as North American. In order to obtain - more detail on the somewhat doubtful home of this species specimens were sent to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry. In his reply (15, vi, 31) he states :— “'This shell is not known in North America, and is not much like any of our forms. It has the appearance of the European group. So far as I know, the statement of A. E. Ellis in British Snails, page 81, that ‘A. taylori is a North American species’ is erroneous. I may say that our collection contains practically every North American species known. | “Your shells seem to agree well with the account of taylori E. A. Smith, but I have not been able to compare Dukinfield _ specimens, by which that form is to be judged, as that is Smith’s type locality (Fournal of Conchology, xi, p. 9).” “1 do not think that Amnicolidz are likely to be transported on pine logs, though it is of course possible. At all events, we have nothing closely resembling your shells in America.” This then destroys the North American myth. Where is the true home of taylori ? Stelfox (Proc. Roy. Ir. Acad., xxix, B, p. 69) regards it as endemic. Its only habitats in Britain, however, are artificial and it seems more likely that it is a European introduction. Bithynia leachu occurs sparsely in the Forth and Clyde Canal at Grangemouth as well as in both of the ponds mentioned. The occurrence of this species in Scotland must also be regarded as adventitious. The chief pond weeds at Grangemouth were Potamogeton spp., Ceratophyllum, Lemna polyrhiza. Associated mollusca_ were Planorbis vortex, P. spirorbis, P. albus, P. contortus, Physa fontinalis, Limnza peregra ovata, Valvata piscinalis, V. cristata, Bithynia tentaculata, Spherium corneum, S. lacustre, Pisidia. 1 Through the kindness of Professor Boycott I have been able to compare the Grangemouth shells with those from Dukinfield. ‘The Scottish shells agree in every detail with the English specimens. 57 ‘GIANT FORM OF PLANORBIS CORNEUS (LINNE). By LioneL E. Apams. (Read before the Society, 7th December, 1932.) SEVERAL years ago Professor Boycott discovered at Burgh Heath, in Surrey, two contiguous ponds containing a giant form of Pl. corneus. Within more recent years I have had the opportunity of studying these ponds, and have come to the conclusion that the snails are not merely a number of individuals specially favoured by an abundance of food under good growing conditions, but that they form a constant variety if not race. ‘The following facts seem to support this view. 1. ‘There are no individuals of normal size to be found in the ponds; no adult measuring less than 33 mm., though within half a mile there is a swamp containing plenty of normal specimens ; also a pond a mile and a half distant with normal specimens. These are the only habitats of PI. corneus in the district, the nearest being at Guildford and Wimbledon. 2. Comparison of their “ growth checks” shows that after the first year the Burgh Heath individuals are consistently larger than normal specimens. Burgh Heath. Normal. Ist year g-13 mm. Qg-13 mm. 2nd year 26-30 ,, Po ea _ grd year 34 45 24 55 4th year 35, (afew 36 mm.) 25° 3,.° (rarely 26 nam.) 99 These “‘ growth checks” are those of a year’s normal growth, and not those due to periods of drought or other causes. 3. These larger individuals, as might be expected, lay larger batches of eggs, and I think, though I have not actually measured, that the individual eggs are likewise larger than those of normal-sized parents. I have had in my jars capsules containing 60 (four times) and several containing over 50 eggs. C. Oldham tells me his normal sized captives do not lay more than 50 in a batch, 49 being the highest of his records. 4. I have never known the “ giants” to pair with normals in my jars, though every opportunity was given them. This, however, is merely negative evidence, and there is no saying if this would be the case if they met in a wild state. There is of course the possibility of the Burgh Heath form being imported from the Continent, as there are specimens of equal size from Budapest, and some 34 and 32 mm. from the ** Rhine ”’ in the Darbishire collection in the Society’s collection in the Manchester Museum. ¢ 58 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. 5. While PI. corneus greatly preponderates in numbers, the following species are also found in the ponds, all being of normal size with the exception of P. obtusale which is larger than usual: Pl. carinatus, Pl. contortus, Pl. vortex, Pl. complanatus, Sph. lacustre, Sph. corneum, L. peregra, A. lacustris. _ The soil is sand and gravel, and the ponds are deeply lined with black mud. Potamogeton natans and duck-weed cover nearly the whole surface. There is a marked lack of carbonate of lime in the water and most of the adult corneus are eroded characteristically of that deficiency. It is difficult, therefore, to imagine that the corneus would be specially favoured by their environment. The ponds are shown in a map of the district dated more than a hundred years back. A NEW SPECIES OF LUCINA. By A. E. SALISBURY. [PLATE 1.] SoME years ago Mr. H. W. Worsfold received from Sarawak some specimens of a lucinid shell which he asked me to identify, and of which he very kindly presented me with an example. On studying the Lucinidz in the National Collection the shells were found to be identical with a species until now without name ; this I propose to call Lucina odontotis in reference to the very marked and dentate ear over the anterior side of the beak which distinguishes the species. ‘The following is a description of the shell, the type of which is in the British Museum, and is now figured. Lucina odontotis sp.n. Shell equivalve, suborbicular, subequilateral ; the anterior side of the umbonal region is furnished with a very distinct ear with toothed surface; the entire surface of the shell is covered with marked radial sculpture strongest in the posterior region, becoming finer in the centre, and strengthening again at the anterior side; the ribs are crossed by concentric striation, giving the effect of tiling, especially when viewed under the lens, this imbricate effect developing into a frilling in the posterior region. Ligament contained in a groove, the outer edge of which is dentate to the extent of becoming frilled as above mentioned. Internally the pallial line joins the adductor scars. Denticulate all round the inner margin, the dentation having a tendency to become obsolete in the posterior region, but nevertheless quite obvious. Colour white, tinged with ochre; texture of a semi-porcellanous character. ‘The type and two other shells in the British Museum were collected at Sarawak and presented by Sir George Bartlett. JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. PLATES: LUCINA ODONTOTIS SP.N. Fig. 1: External view of right valve. Figs. 2, 3: Internal view of shell. Fig. 4: Dorsal view. [Facing p. 58. Det 59 _LIMN2A PEREGER Mull. Var. MARITIMA Jeff. AT GULLANE POINT, FIRTH OF FORTH. By D. K. Kevan, (Read before the Society, 7th December, 1932.) Tue above variety of L. pereger occurs in some abundance in the ponds at Gullane Point, Firth of Forth (Bartholomew’s half-inch map). These ponds lie in hollows just off the sand-dunes proper, and are choked with mosses, etc., while in one the Bogbean (Menyanthes trifoliata) occurs. ‘They frequently dry up during the summer months, retaining sufficient moisture under the moss to ensure the survival of the molluscan fauna. I first found the variety in 1929, and took further specimens. in May, 1930 and March, 1931, but beyond the normal interest attaching to this variety, there was methine unusual about it, either in form or size (Fig. 1). In August, 1932, however, the ponds were dry, and among those of normal type I found a Valvata-like monstrosity, an empty shell (Fig. 2). The likeness to V. pzscinalis is very evident _ when the shell lies on the ground and is viewed from above, owing to the exceptionally flattened spire and subrotundate aperture, but is less apparent from the front where its Limnzid form (although distorted) is revealed. It is not unlike some of the “‘ half-flats’ (but dextral, of course) to which Professor A. E. Boycott and Captain C. Diver refer in their paper on the abnormal forms of L. peregra obtained in artificial breeding (Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., vol. 19, Nov., 1930, pl. 15). Its texture tallies with that of normal specimens. The shells taken from this particular pond varied considerably in size, but rarely exceeded that given by Ellis (British Snails, p. 106), 11 X 5$ mm. I only took empty shells (the snails having died after breeding this year), but the new brood was plentiful and well developed. In the second pond, apart from a certain amount of normal varia- tion in the shape of the aperture and length of spire, I encountered nothing unusual, but in size, the shells were exceptionally large, shells of over 15 mm. in length being common, while some exceeded 20 mm. in length. ‘These were lying on top of the dried moss. Underneath, the new brood was developing as at the first pond. It is possible that years of exceptional growth are cyclical, as on the previous occasion that specimens were taken from this pond (31st May, 1930, when the species had fully or practically attained maturity) only a few shells were slightly above normal size. Associated with L. pereger var. maritima were Lim. truncatula and Pisidium personatum (both abundant) while Plan. crista was sieved on the 1931 visit. Vallonia pulchella (fide Kennard) in subfossil form 60 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. was plentiful in the sand under the dried moss of these ponds, and one shell of Agriolimax agrestis was also found in this situation. It is interesting to note that in the marshes (about half a mile to the south of these ponds) which extend practically to the shore, and contain a considerable and interesting molluscan fauna, Lim. pereger var. maritima does not occur, its place being taken by the typical form. Fic. 1: L. pereger var. maritima 12 X 7 mm. Fic. 2: L. pereger, var. maritima monstr. 5 X 5mm. Supposed New Variety of Melanopsis doriz Issel Melanopsis doriz Issel, var. nigra nov. Shell uniformly black, sub-sutural band wanting, columella lip bluish with a blue prominence on the body whorl where the outer lip joins. Habitat: Qanat at Ginehkan (c. 6,000 feet), near Kerman, S. Persia. Type in my collection; paratypes in British Museum. I first found this variety in 1924, but being in the very early stages of my study of the mollusca of Persia I did not describe it as new and only do so now with some hesitation. One is loth to add more names to the genus Melanopsis, but I. have now travelled fairly widely in S. Persia where this species is, perhaps, the commonest shell found. I think the occurrence of the variety is worth recording. A qanat is an underground watercourse made by sinking a series of wells and joining the bases. After some distance the water flows out on the surface as a stream. It is just at this point where shells are nearly always found, sometimes in great profusion. This qanat at Ginehkan (pronounced “‘ Geenehkoo ”’ by the natives) comes out of the mountain side and flows for 550 yards until it joins another swift stream coming down from the mountains above. From this point on no shells occur ; the combined streams dash along over stones in a headlong rush to the plain below, where the water is distributed over cultivated land. There is no connection with any other body of water. Throughout its length this qanat contains enormous numbers of the variety described, only a very small percentage in any way approaching the normal doriz, which is dark brown with a light brown or yellow sub-sutural band. So far I have not found this variety anywhere else in S. Persia. I collected a large number of normal doriz in a qanat to the west of Kerman, and of these just a few show some tendency to darkness and loss of the band, but can be easily separated from var. mgra.—H. E. J. Biccs (Read before the Society, 11th November, 1933). 61. THE COLOURATION OF NUCELLA LAPILLUS (L.). By Guy L. WILKINS. (Read before the Society, 16th September, 1933.) A SHORT time ago a note on the colouration of Nucella lapzllus (L.) _ was read before this Society. This aroused my interest, for this summer I have added considerably to my series of the species, principally from the pier-head at Deal. Mr. Burton mentions in his paper! that on clay rocks the shells of Nucella lapillus are usually white with brown bands and on limestone or granite rocks may be more varied in colouring. I have found several other colour varieties, in addition to those mentioned by him, living on Deal pier-head. The rocks from Deal to Dover are all chalk mixed with flints; I have not observed any granite, limestone or clay. The supports of the pier (which are sunk into the chalk sea floor) are all of iron, including the steps. ‘There are a few baulks of timber at the very end of the structure, bolted to the iron supports to act, I suppose, as shock absorbers. ‘The girders, spans, and steps are richly covered with barnacles and mussels, which, I believe, form a large part of the diet of N. lapillus; the evidence of many a meal may be seen about, in the shape of empty mussel shells still hanging by the byssus. Jeffreys? notes having seen it busily feeding on Balanus, the proboscis being inserted between the opercular valves. The under parts of the iron steps, which are of a lattice formation, are in great demand for the laying of egg clusters, as indeed are the angles of the girders; it is practically impossible to remove a complete mass, so strongly are they attached to the surface. The molluscs have been careful in almost every case to choose a spot comparatively free from mussels and barnacles. ‘This cautious egg laying is no doubt in part responsible for the abundance of Nucella lapillus on Deal Pier. It may be of interest to note here the colour varieties obtained from this one locus :— : (1) Pure white—no bands. (1a) Pure white with spire light brown (possibly due to rust marks ?). (1b) White with sienna brown bands. (1c) White with pale chocolate brown bands. (1d) White with dark chocolate brown bands. (1e) White with the shell grooves alternately light brown. 1 Fourn. of Conch., vol. xix, 339. 2 Jeffreys, Brit. Conch., vol. 4, p. 279. 62 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST, 1934. (1f) White with the three wide bands composed of alternate narrow ones of buff and pale brown, sometimes scarcely visible outside but dark inside. (2) Yellow or buff—no bands. (2a) Yellow or buff with similar banding to those with the white ground. (3) Orange—no bands. (3a) Orange with chocolate brown bands. (4) Pale brown—no bands. (4a) Pale brown with waving longitudinal lines of dark brown. (5) Dark chocolate brown—no bands. (sa) Dark chocolate brown with single white band round suture. (6) Olivaceous, slightly clouded with brown. (7) Pale mauve—no bands. This latter form is particularly fine when young, although the colour is a trifle illustve. The shell is pale mauve all over, the mouth rose colour at the lip, shading back to a rich red-brown. As the shell advances in age, it apparently becomes denser and loses the delicate shade. By artificial light the colour is scarcely dis- tinguishable from the somewhat dull grey of a mature specimen. I have found no specimens exhibiting a definite purple or red. The deepest orange forms by no means approach the true red seen in Littorina littorea L. All the colour varieties enumerated above are fairly frequent with the exception of 1e, 5a, 6, and 7. White, no bands, did not appear to be very much more in evidence than the coloured forms. Although the Deal shells must be exposed to a certain amount of rough sea, they are of a notably good shape and attain quite a considerable size. The largest I have taken from Deal Pier is 43 mm. in length ; dead shells as large as 50 mm. are fairly frequent further along the coast at Sandwich and Shellness. Whether these have been carried along from Deal is difficult to say, but it may be quite likely, for I found a solitary ancient specimen living in a pool left by the tide on the Sandwich side of Pegwell. One would not expect to find Nucella lapillus thriving in such a spot in any quantity, for there are no rocks nearer than Ramsgate, between which place and Sandwich is the outflow of the River Stour. The Deal specimens are fairly strongly ribbed in most cases, the young usually foliated, these foliations often continuing to quite a late stage of growth. No strong tuberculations of the outer lip were noticeable in the WILKINS : THE COLOURATION OF NUCELLA LAPILLUS (L.). 63 specimens collected inthe summer, but some sent tome in March of last year, of a smaller size, exhibited this feature to a marked degree. I have collected the species at Walton-on-the-Naze (Essex), Felixstowe (Suffolk), and Folkestone (Kent), and in addition I have acquired specimens from the River Blackwater (Essex), Hastings (Sussex), and Pendine (Cornwall). None of these call for very particular notice, except that the Folkestone shells (which were living on rocks in some profusion) had strongly tuberculated lips, the white variety being rather more abundant than the coloured, and the River Blackwater specimens seemed a trifle more elongated than those from Walton and decidedly less attractive in colour. Unfortunately, my series from these localities are scarcely long enough to be of value for reliable comparisons. Last summer I collected Nucella lapillus in one or two parts of Scotland, namely, the Firth of Forth (under the Forth Bridge), Loch Melfort, Poolewe (Ross and Crom.), and Durness (Sutherland). A comparison between the specimens collected at these places and the southern forms is interesting. The Forth Bridge shells do not vary greatly, in fact are just as unattractive as the ones from the River Blackwater in Essex, dull in colour and solid in texture, with strongly tuberculated outer lip ; strangely enough I found the red variety of Littorina littorea living on the identical stone occupied by one of the Nucella. The Loch Melfort shells are very different. They are slender, with tapering spires, the mouth small in proportion to the height, and the sculpture slight except towards the spire. No coloured specimens were found, all being a uniform white, the inside of the mouth only being coloured a reddish brown, with slightly tuberculated lips. | The Poolewe shells are similar, with a lighter tint inside the mouth and thinner lips; not many full-grown specimens were found. The species was fairly abundant in both these places. Going still further north to Durness, a wild spot 58 miles from Lairg and two or three miles from Cape Wrath, there is a marked change. The species swarms on the rocks left uncovered by the tide ; some of the rocks must be at least ten feet high and are quite submerged at high water. ‘The shells conform to the general rule, that those found in exposed situations are stunted in growth, with a mouth large in proportion to the height, but they vary in one particular—the outer lips, in apparently full-grown specimens, are quite thin compared with specimens from similar localities. I have some from Caldy Island, which are much the same size, 64 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 2, AUGUST,. 1934. but the lips are thick and have strong tuberculations as in the specimen figured by Cooke. None of the Durness shells measure more than 26 mm. in length, most are considerably under. The colours vary from greyish white, through grey and grey with brown bands, to deep chocolate brown, almost black, and vice- versa, giving the shell a very distinctive appearance. ‘The sculpture in most cases is light, with scarcely any signs of foliation, except when very young. The egg capsules, of which I obtained a small cluster attached to a living specimen, were, when fresh, of a beautiful mauve, particularly noticeable in the bright afternoon sunlight. Quantities of mussels, which abound on the same rocks, were also stunted to about the same proportion as Nucella. Strongly banded and patterned Littorina tenebrosa Mont. were found living with the Nucella lapillus. The colouring of shells still remains a mystery. Food must, I think, play a large part in the production of pigment, the colour variation in widely separated localities pointing to this. ‘The colours do not vary in the southern parts of the British Isles to any great extent, as far as I have been able to ascertain, and it is doubtful whether the food supply would vary a great deal, but several hundred miles away one would expect the food to be different, and the shells certainly are. Until the exact composition of and method of manufacture of pigment by molluscs can be worked out, it is impossible to say if the cause of variation is due to (1) a varying supply of colour elements in the food or water, or (2) the varying ability of the pigment manufacturing organs of the individual to extract these colour elements. The variation often found in individuals—the colour being unevenly distributed, appearing gradually or suddenly, disappearing altogether or being entirely absent—might be due to inability on the part of the animal. Whether such conditions would be inherited or not is a matter for experiment. Cooke 2 is inclined to look upon the black and white banding of N. lapillus at Newquay as having a tendency to protective coloura- tion, the bands harmonizing singularly with the veined and banded rocks. I would suggest that this is coincidence; if not, surely the Folkestone shells would adopt a less prominent hue, as they are singularly noticeable on the grey toned rocks, and at Deal, on the upper deck of the Pier, the Nucella can be distinctly seen crawling on the lower supports, even when they are beneath the surface of the water. 1 Camb. Nat. Hist., Moll., fig. 35. 2 Camb. Nat. Hist., Moll., p. 70. THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD ; Established 1861. Sale. — Purchase. — Exchange. Collections and ‘Specimens Named and Arranged. GLASS-TOPPED BOXES (Rectangular and Circular). Card Trays, Blue Wool, Second-hand Cabinets. Catalogues: Suitable for use as Check-Lists. ADDRESS : i. C;, FULTON (late Sowerby & Fulton), : 27 SHAFTESBURY ROAD, RAVENSCOURT PARK, LONDON, W.6. S Malacological Society of London. Hon. Sec.: A. T. Horpwoop, D.Sc., ie Mus. Nat. Hist., Cromwell | Road, S.W.7. _ Subscription : Ordinary Members £1 1s. per annum or £10 10s. for life; Re Corresponding Members (resident without the British Islands) 15s. per annum or £7 7s. for life. : D ateatce Fee for all, £1 15. Meetings are held in the apartments of the LINNEAN SOCIETY, BURLINGTON House, W.1, on the Second Friday in each month from October to Fune. Proceedings: Three numbers a year are free to all Members. *,* Back Numbers may be obtained on application to the Hon. Behe Members receive a discount of 20% Oe ADVERTISEMENTS Will be inserted at the following rates :— Whole Page .. . 3 20/- Quarter Page .. Bey bles Half Page a ee ABTS Six Lines or Under .. 3/6 One-third Page .. 8/- Every Additional Line 6d. . Prices of Back Volumes of THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY Vols. I, IV-Vil, XTV Out of Print. (A few parts of [V, VII, & XIV can be supplied.) Vols. 0, Ti, VITI-XT1, XV. . ‘To the Public, 15/- each; to Members and to the Trade, 14/3 each. Vols. XVI, XVII, XIX. To the Public, 36/- each; to Members and to the se Trade, 30/- each. Vol. XVIII. 48/- and 36/- respectively. To be had from Dutau & Co., Ltd., 32 OLD BonD ST., LONDON, W. 1, and at ‘ the Headquarters of the Society, THE | A Systematic, Fully Illustrated Monography of Recent Mollusks. : Founded by GEORGE W. TRYON, Jr., in 1878, continued by HENRY A. PIL SBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca in the Academy of Natural Sciences of dona The Manual is oublished j in Parts, of which four constitute a vohumnes Subscriptions may begin or terminate with any volume. A list of the published volumes and their contents will be sent on request. | Plain Edition.—Per part (four parts ina volume). . . $3.75 Coloured Edition.—The Pie Seay coloured by pate | > per part. - $§.00 — Fine Edition.—Heavy paper, aie in duplicate, coloured and : India unted, per past 8 : : . $8.00 First Series.—Cephalopods, Marine Sas and Rcapionans | Seventeen Volumes (complete). . Second Series.—Land Mollusks. Twenty-seven hee completed, two or three still to be issued. Completed volumes include the Agnatha, the families Helicide, Bulimulide, Achatinide, Uro- coptide and many others. The later volumes deal with the © Achatinellide, Tornatellinide and their allies (in collaboration _with C. Montague Cooke), and the Pupillide. These groups have never before been adequately treated ; their beauty, extent, and intricacy will be a surprise to conchologists who have not given - them special attention. Itis believed that students of the Mollusca will find material of value to them in these volumes, whether they are interested in species of the world, or in those of a local fauna. . : In the later volumes the fossil forms also, of the genera dealt with, are classified and listed. _ Inquiries and subscriptions may be addressed to :— THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 19th AND THE PARKWAY, PHILADELPHIA, PENNA., U.S.A. Vor. 20] 21ST DECEMBER, 1934. [No. 3 _ ane. T O UR N A a ee (OF ee CONCHOLOGY FOUNDED 1874. BEING THE ORGAN OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL | _ SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND _ IRELAND. Hon. Editor: Hon. Secretary: ''. Hon. Treasurer: J.R.leB. TOMLIN, M.A., | J. W. JACKSON, D.Sc., | C. OLDHAM, F.L:S., fy 23 Boscobel Road, The Museum, The Bollin, St. Leonards-on-Sea. The University, Shrublands Road, ee Manchester. Berkhamsted. | PAGE The Littoral Zone (Presidential Address)—-A. P. GARDINER . 65 The Rev. Dr. A. H. Cooke-——-J. R. te B. ToMLIn: .. eT. Dr. R. F, Scharfi—Id. nee : <9 Planorbis corneus in Co. Down—R. fe WELCH . : SI --Mactra stultorum UL. in association with Pinnotheres pis Penn.—J]. G. DALGLIESH : 81 Vallonia costata monstr. from East Lothian (with figures) — ; KEVAN. 82 Preference of Patina pellucida L. for Laminaria digitata— Miss N. FISHER . : gL 83 Rumina decollata L. in the New World—E. P. Cueatum . Ra The Fauna of Birdlip Woods—Rev. L. W. GRENSTED ; Bias 3 Slug and Beetle—C.H. Moore .. 85 Non-Marine Shell-Deposits in Yorks ‘and. Durham—A. G. KENNARD and B. R. Lucas . 86 A New AyrideHa from Australia (Plate 2)—W. ie CLENCH . . 89 A New Holocene Deposit in Co. Down—R. MACDONALD OF Editorial Notes 92 Proceedings: toth Feb. : roth March, las April, 12th May, oth Sept; . : 04 Lonpon : DuLAU& Co.,LTp., 2Srarrorp St., OLD BonDST., W. 1. Sold also at the Headquarters of the Society, _THE MANCHESTER MUSEUM, THE UNIVERSITY, MANCHESTER. ¢ PRINTED BY STEPHEN AuSTIN & SONS, LTD., HERTFORD. : NORTH WESTERN NATURALIST © A Scientific and Educational Journal (Published Quarterly) especially for Cheshire, Cumberland, pape Isle of Man, Lancashire, North Wales, sae A : Staffordshire and Westmorland. 4 Edited by A. A. DALLMAN, F.C.S. in collaboration with - H. Britten, F.R. E. S., G. H. Carpenter, D.Sc., R. H. Corstorphine, B. Sc. ar Jackson, D. Sc., - G. S$. C. L. Walton, M.Sc., Ph. D.; F. E. Rees D.Sc., F.R. AG Wilson, F.L.S., ‘F.R. Met. W. Ses Communications to: * Editorial—A. A. Dalinda, F.C.S., 17 Mount Road, Hr. Tranmere, Birkenhead. . Business—T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath. Annual Subscription 7/6. Single Copies 2/=- net. Printed by T. Buncle & Co., aeproent Scotland. cones COLUMN WANTED : , by exchange or purchase : 7 FOREIGN ELLOBIIDAE AND SUCCINEIDAE J. R. le B. TOMLIN, oe 23 BOSCOBEL ROAD, ST. LEONARDS-ON-SEA. q THE BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA — By R. WINCKWORTH, M.A. | q COPIES may be had at gd. each, post free, from Messrs. DuLau & Co., : Ltp., 2 Stafford St., Old Bond St., London, W.1, or from the Heid: 4 quarters of the Society. ADVERTISEMENTS a Will be inserted at the following rates :— Whole Page .. .. 20/— ~~ ~— Quarter Page .. .. [= Half Page es Poe 12/6 Six Lines or Under .. 3/6 One-third Page = .. 8/- Every Additional Line 6d. THE JOURNAL » OF 1 CONCHOLOGY. POL: 20. 21st DECEMBER, 1934. No. # THE LITTORAL ZONE. By A. P. GARDINER, B.Sc. (Presidential Address delivered at the Annual Meeting, 13th October, 1934.) THE Littoral Zone, which is the area between high- and low-water marks of the spring tides, is a region second to none in interest to the zoologist. There is little doubt but that it was the site of the origin of life, and it presents to the naturalist countless examples of the wonderful adaptations which enable animals and plants not only to exist, but to thrive under conditions of continual change and stress of circumstances. The region is one of the most thickly populated, and the inhabitants are of many different forms and habits. A study of the molluscs alone of this zone presents to us a great number of examples of the probable steps by which animals in past ages have migrated from the sea to fresh water and to the land, and there are numerous cases of species which are still effecting this change at the present time. ‘The keen struggle for existence, which is of necessity found in such a thickly populated area, has resulted in many cases of epizoic and epiphytic conditions and also of such devices for securing food and foothold as symbiosis, com- mensalism and parasitism. It is my hope to deal with a few of such points of interest as these in certain coastal areas which seem to me to be favourable to the purpose. Nearly every type of the littoral zone, except the coral reef and the mangrove swamp, occurs in the British area, and the modifications of these types are innumerable. The chief factor which has caused this variation is the position of our islands in relation to the tidal wave. As this sweeps in its course with a velocity of as much as 500 to 600 miles an hour it impinges on the west coast and is split up and diverted in many directions. Some results of this are seen in the characters of the west coast of Scotland, the coast of Lancashire and Cardigan Bay, the Bristol Channel and the coast of Hampshire and Dorset. In the Scottish area the 5 66 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20,.NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. direction of the tidal wave is more or less at right angles to the coast-line, with the result that deep inlets exist free from extensive deposits of silt and sand. The hardness of the rock in this region probably helps to maintain this condition. In West Wales and Lancashire, on the other hand, the course of the tidal progress is largely parallel with the coast-line, with the result that any inlet is likely to be filled up with sand and the inshore waters thus become shallow, resulting in vast areas being exposed at low tide. The funnel-shaped Bristol Channel is placed at such an angle as to receive the full force of the tidal wave, which becomes piled up as it passes into this great inlet. The result of this is that at Chepstow the difference of water-level is as much as 60 feet. he mean range for this Channel is 42 feet for spring and 21 feet for neap tides. St. Malo and the Channel Islands have, roughly speaking, 40 feet and 20 feet. On the Hampshire coast there are four tides in the twenty-four hours, owing to the tide entering each end of the Solent ; the rise and fall is small. The direction of the wind has a great influence on the height of the tide ; many a day’s collecting has been made or marred in the Salcombe Estuary or in the Helford River by this factor. In illustration of wind influence, it is recorded that in 1905 the height of the tide in Suffolk was increased by 6 ft. 3 in. by a N.N.W. wind. For purposes of study it is usual to divide the tidal area into zones. Davenport’s system of division is as follows :— (1) The Submerged Area. Exposed only at low water of spring tides. | (2) The Lower Beach. Exposed twice daily. (3) The Upper Beach. Only reached by extreme high tides. The brown alge afford what is probably the best method of marking out the zones. At the highest point of the upper beach is found Lichina. At a slightly lower level Pelvetia canaliculata occurs, and near this we find Fucus platycarpus and, where fresh- water is present, Fucus ceranioides. We then reach the very extensive and conspicuous area of Fucus vesiculosus. ‘This is followed by Ascophyllum nodosum, never without the parasitic Polysiphonia fastigata. With this is Fucus serratus followed by Himanthalia lorea, with its disc-shaped organs of attachment, and, finally, in the submerged zone Laminaria saccharina and L. digitata. This algal mode of division only holds where rocks and stones are present, and it is impossible to draw hard and fast lines. For example, on sand and mud the characteristic vegetation in sheltered positions of the submerged zone consists of the Angiosperm Zostera. | GARDINER : THE LITTORAL ZONE. 67 In general, the factor which above all determines the flora and fauna of a given region is the perpendicular height, depending on the angle of the coast with the horizontal. Horizontal distance makes no difference. For example, at Oban, in places the tide only recedes a few yards, while at the Seymour and Icho Towers, in Jersey, it is necessary to go out as much as 2 or 3 miles to reach the extremity of the low water fauna. Other important factors of determination are the changes of density and temperature and, especially in rock pools, the con- centration of the hydrogen ion. Moore, in 1915, attributed the observed increase of alkalinity of sea water to the increase of the phytoplankton ; a similar change has been observed in rock pools at different places when Ulva and Enteromorpha have made rapid growth. | After these few general remarks on the subject of my address I will try to illustrate some of the points which seem to me to be of the greatest interest by reference to collecting and observation conducted for many years at the following places :— (1) Salcombe Estuary with some points of comparison with the Helford River. (2) Oban. (3) Places on the west, south, and south-east of Jersey. (4) Pendine, Pembrokeshire. (5) The bay between the Castle and Penance Points, Falmouth. SALCOMBE ESTUARY. This is probably as nearly an ideal collecting ground as it is possible to find; it affords good examples of Davenport’s three zones. The Submerged Zone is extensive, and in the sand and mud areas is covered with Zostera. Near the mouth, however, the ground becomes hard in places with rock and stone and, finally, when the bar, immortalized by Tennyson, is reached, we find clean sand with little life except a curious form of Spisula solida, which has generally to be obtained by the use of the dredge. Davenport’s Lower Beach is also represented in several different forms. Near the Marine Hotel it consists of sand and mud and, alas! empty bottles and tins. Further down the estuary it is com- posed of rocks and pools rich in life. The Upper Beach, too, is typical, and presents most of the forms usually found in this position. The particular zone is dealt with elsewhere. We will consider first the Zostera as exposed at a good tide, and 68 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. it must be a good one. Vigorous work with a strong garden fork, even at a moderate state of the tide, will expose two fine worms of the Polycheta—Amphitrite edwardst Quatrefages, and lower down in the zone Amphitrite johnstont Malmgren. ‘The latter occurs also on a bank, the Salstone far up the Kingsbridge branch of the estuary where, however, the former is scarce or absent. Both are found near the Marine Hotel. Associated with them is a very large handsome member of the Aphroditide, Lepidasthenia argus Hodgson, and frequently a smaller member of the same family of worms, Lepidonotus clava (Montagu). ‘The flat form of both of these worms prevents them from getting in the way of their fat and rotund companions. With these two associations of worms we shall find the small bivalve, Mysella bidentata (Montagu). These filter feeding bivalves must derive benefit from the débris and minute organisms occurring in the burrows of the worms and they also enjoy a sheltered habitat, especially valuable to them in their early stages. Mysella bidentata does not always depend on this kind of shelter, as witness its occurrence in crevices of rocks; I have noticed this particularly in the summer months, far more than in the springtime, at Marazion and at Falmouth. | Other small bivalves such as Cardium exigum Gmelin, Thyastira flexuosa (Montagu), and, more rarely, the minute Lepton (Epzlepton) clarkiz Clark, occur near these Polychzte worms and also near the - common lug-worm, Arenicola marina L., and the rather rarer Arenicola ecaudata, Johnston. I do not think that these species have any particular commensal relation to the worms. If we examine some of the harder parts of the shore we shall see definite holes ; on thrusting down the fork and lifting the ground quickly, burrows with a yellowish lining of as much as an inch in diameter will be seen. If we are fortunate and quick, and if the water does not fill the holes too quickly, we shall capture the two Crustaceans, Upogebia deltaura Leach and Upogebia stellata (Montagu). Of these two the former is the larger. With still greater good fortune we shall see on the yellow lining of the burrows the beautiful flat white bivalve, Lepton squamosum (Montagu). Specimens of these which were found by Winckworth and Salisbury spatted while in captivity. In this case also, a flat organism, the Lepton, allows its commensal to pass it with ease in the burrow. The Lepton leads a sheltered life and feeds upon débris and minute organisms in the burrow. The most exciting find is yet to be made. Far down the zone the fork will expose the worm-like Echinoderm, Leptosynapta inhxrens (Miller). Firmly attached to this we may find one, perhaps more, examples of the bivalve Entovalva (Devonia) perriert (Malard). These GARDINER : THE LITTORAL ZONE. 69 are generally attached near the posterior end of the Echinoderm. Until this species was rediscovered by Orton, and further found in quantity by Winckworth, it was one of our rarest shells. This case, and that of Lepton squamosum, are good examples of the com- parative ease with which some animals are found when looked for in the right places, but never elsewhere. Our classic textbooks on conchology are frequently deficient in matters of this kind, and there is much work to be done by us all. If we cross the ferry we find two other very interesting associations. In some of the most glutinous areas the fork will turn up a squirming. mass of arms. This consists of the Echinoderm Ophiocnida (Acrocnida) brachialis (Montagu), and with it will be found two commensals, Mysella bidentata (Montagu) and the flat Chetopod worm Harmothoe lunulata (Delle Chiaje). In a bay of clean sand a little way down the estuary slit-like holes will betray the Echinoderm, Echinocardium cordatum (Pennant). With this occurs another bivalve, Montacuta (Tellimya) ferruginosa (Montagu), but this association is not a very close one, the bivalve being generally found free from the Echinoderm. The colour of the former matches the sand so well that it is easily overlooked. Many specimens of this shell in the older collections were taken from the stomachs of fish at Cruden. I have dredged it without Echinocardium in 5 fathoms off ‘Teignmouth. A worm, Polydora ciliata (Johnston), bores into both living and dead shells. The sponge, Cliona celata Grant, has the same habit. The sponge may be obtained by dissolving the shell with dilute hydrochloric acid. Associations of probably a purely epizoic character are seen in the angled white tubes of the worm Pomatoceros triqueter (L.). Serpula vermicularis L. makes a rounded tube in the same position. Another tube-building worm, Filograna implexa (Berkeley), makes a mass of much smaller tubes. Shells and alge are frequently covered by the tubes of the worm Spirorbis. borealis Daudin ; these resemble small Gastropod shells. The worm Sabellaria alveolata (1.) constructs dense masses of tangled tubes, often many yards in extent ; these reef-like structures afford shelter to countless species of mollusca, worms, crustacea, etc., and are a rich hunting ground. Competition for space and desire for protection result in even the dead shells of Gastropods being turned to account by Crus- taceans and Cceelenterates in wonderful commensal and symbiotic associations. Eupagurus prideauxi (Leach) often has the anemone Adamsia palliata (Bohadsch) on its shell. Eupagurus bernhardus (L.) generally has Calliactis parasitica (Couch) as its companion. The 70 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. _ Hydroid, Hydractinia echinata (Fleming) also frequently covers the shells inhabited by crabs. hese family parties are often completed by a worm, Nereilepas (Nereis) furcata Savigny. ‘These are cases of true symbiosis, the benefit of the association being mutual. The active crab moves the anemone from place to place, the latter feeds on the débris of the crab’s captures and, in return, protects the crab from prowling fish by means of its stinging organs. Another | hermit crab, Eupagurus cuanensis (Thompson), uses a sponge, Suberites domuncula, and not a shell for its home. Another interesting case of the use of dead shells is that of the worm Phascolion strombi (Montagu); this blocks up the mouth of the shell with a cement substance in much the same way as a bird, the nut-hatch, diminishes the size of a hole in a tree with mud to adapt it to nesting purposes. I have found the shells of Turritella, Aporrhais, and Dentalium to be those most frequently used. In the Cambridge University Museum there is a series of such shells with the worms in situ. On the coast of Brittany this worm is found associated with a Gastropod, Odostomia perezi Dautzenberg and Fischer, and a bivalve, Montacuta (Tellimya) perezi D. & F. I am indebted to Mr. R. Winckworth for information on this matter ; he thinks that the occurrence of the bivalve in British waters is so probable that he has included it in his 1932 list under the name of Montacuta phascolionis D. & F., marked “Q”. Every blocked shell should be examined with great care. I have dredged these on the Cornish coast and at Oban. Musculus marmoratus (Forbes) occurs just below the tide limit, living in Ascidians. Near the Salstone Lamellaria perspicua (L.) is found under the test of the Ascidian, Leptoclinum maculosum Edw. This seems to be a case of the bivalve seeking shelter for breeding purposes. Miss K. White found this association on several occasions in the Isle of Man. | In the Zostera beds of Helford, but not in those of Salcombe, I have observed the association of Bittium reticulatum (da Costa) with a sponge. Of course, the occurrence of Cerithiopsis barleei Jeffreys with Ficulina ficum has been known for a long time. Before leaving Salcombe the largest British bivalve, Pinna fragilis Pennant, should be sought for by looking along the surface of pools, where the broad end of the shell may be seen just projecting above the surface of the sand or mud. This animal has been found by treading on it with the bare foot, but this is not a pleasant way of detecting it. Salcombe has not produced Pelseneeria (Stilifer) stylifera (Turton) with its Echinoderm host, but the Pea Crab, Pinnotheres pisum (Pennant) occurs with Modiolus, 'This seems to show definite GARDINER: THE LITTORAL ZONE. 71 selection in the behaviour of the crab, for Orton found that fat and well-nourished mussels were selected. The female appears to sit upon the ctenidia and scrapes up the mucus laden with food particles. She is visited there, while inside the mussel shell, by the male, who sometimes comes to an untimely end by being trapped between the valves of the shell. A reasonable explanation of how such associations as those of worms, Echinoderms, and Crustacea with bivalves may have arisen, seems to be that any spat of these prolific molluscs which happens to remain in, or enters, burrows, has a better chance of reaching maturity than has spat not thus protected. This seems to be one way of accounting for the fact that Lepton and Devonia are found in the company of the animals with which they live. Further, it is easy to imagine that the actual parasitic habit of animals like Devonia may. have arisen through propinquity brought about at first by chance. ‘The ingesting of mollusca by sponges and Ascidians may have arisen in a similar way. The leaves of the Zostera, as well as the soil in which it grows, have a characteristic fauna. At Salcombe and at Helford the dominant species are Cantharidus striatus parvus (da Costa), Rissoa membranacea (J. Adams), and Haliclystus. Buccinum and Littorina are frequent on the substratum, while at Helford, but not in similar situations at Salcombe, Hamuinoea navicula (da Costa) may be found by thrusting the hands down into the mud around the roots of the Zostera. Instead of mentioning any other species found at Salcombe, I will record a fact that has come to my notice in connection with the occurrence of different species in different years. In April, 1930, Tethys punctata (Cuvier) swarmed in hundreds between the Marine Hotel and the Castle, but there was not one on the opposite side of the estuary. <Archidoris britannica (Johnston) and Aeolidia papillosa (Linné) were also very plentiful. ‘There were very few Pleurobranchus membranaceus (Montagu). In the following year Archidoris and Aeolidia were as numerous as ever, Pleurobranchus was scarce and Tethys absent. In April, 1933, Pleurobranchus simply swarmed everywhere, in the dredges, on the Salstone, and near the Hotels. On the other hand, only one Aeolidia and two or three Archidoris were seen. ‘These were the results of the hunting of my pupils, not only of my own efforts. There was little in the differences of climatic conditions to account for these facts, and the observations were made during spring tides of about the same date. A very extensive inshore migration of these species, lasting for a very short time, seems to be indicated. Full records, taken over a long period of time, would be of great interest. 72 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO 3, DECEMBER, 1934. JERSEY. The chief collecting grounds are at the south and south-east, near the Seymour and the Icho Towers, and at the west end of the island at la Pulente and I’Etac. The most notable characteristics of our area here are the swift tides and the flat shores. The result is that the tides recede for a vast distance and ebb and flow with great rapidity. Marshall states that the ebb takes seven, and the flow five, hours. Particularly is this the case at the two Towers. The Icho Tower is, if anything, the more dangerous of the two because the wild jumble of rocks between it and the mainland is intersected by deep and wide channels running parallel with the latter. Through these the rising tide rushes with great velocity, and woe to the person who too long delays his return to the shore. Much of the best collecting is 3 miles or more from the land. Marshall, in his Additions to British Conchology, refers to the occurrence of Mactra glauca Born. It is found in grit to the north- east of the Seymour Tower, and is accompanied by Donax variegatus (Gmelin) of several varietal forms. Here also occur Gari fervensis (Gmelin), Gari depressa (Pennant), Pharus legumen major Bucquoy, Dautzenberg & Dollfus, Solen marginatus Montagu, Ensis ensis and szliqua (Linné), Lutraria magna (da Costa), and many other bivalves; an extensive and typical association for this kind of substratum. There are pools near the Tower with big stones under which large Octopus vulgaris Lamarck lurk. Marshall refers to the danger of collecting in this place in saying, “the stranger is at first appalled at the apparent disappearance of the island and at the utter chaos of the rocks which surround him.’ On one occasion I could only find my way back from the Seymour ‘Tower by compass, owing to a sea fog that prevented my seeing more than a few yards around me. One interesting association which occurs near the Towers, at Green Island, St. Brelade’s Bay, la Pulente, and |’Etac is that of Lepidopleurus cancellatus (Sowerby), L. scabridus (Jeffreys), Tornus subcarinatus (Montagu), Alvania lactea (Michaud), and Alvania carinata (da Costa); these occur under stones rather deeply embedded in the mud and sand. With them occurs a Crustacean, Axtus stirhynchus Leach, whose burrows are gutters of which the embedded stone forms the roof. ‘This seems to be an association similar to that of Upogebia and Lepton squamosum. If this is the case, the difficulty of accounting for the supply of food of these species of mollusca is removed. A third association typical of this place is that of Haliotis tuberculata Linné, Acanthochitona communis (Risso), and Ocenebra aciculata (Lamarck). ‘These are found under large GARDINER : THE LITTORAL ZONE. 73 stones resting on others at an angle in pools. It is in the occurrence of the first and last of these, and of Alvania lactea (Michaud), and of the great numbers of Acanthochitona communis (Risso) that the molluscan fauna of this place differs from that of similar situations in Great Britain. The three above-named species of the Loricata seem to take the place, to a great extent, of Lepidochitona cinereus (Linné), Acanthochitona crinitus (Pennant), and the more local A. discrepans (Brown), Tonicella marmorea (Fabricius), and T. rubra (Linné) and Callochiton achatinus (Brown), of the British coasts. It is difficult to explain why a species occurring in both regions should be very common in one and rare in the other, when there is no satisfactory explanation to be got from the environment. This is a point that arises in other parts of this paper and I have ventured to call such species “‘ equivalent ”’. One other point is the rarity of Galeomma turtoni Sowerby in Jersey, although it is fairly common in other islands of the group. I found two under the same stone at |’Etac, at the end of a long day. The next day the turning over and turning back of hundreds of stones at the same place did not yield one. Mr. Pike, of the Jersey Museum, showed me specimens of Onchidella celtica (Forbes & Hanley) from |’Etac. These occurred, like mine at Trevone, at a much lower zone than has been attributed to them. I have never found specimens at or near the high-water mark, much less above it, as has been stated by many writers. OBAN. Mr. Winckworth, who directed me to the best hunting ground in Kerrera Sound, told me that I should go home “tired, bleeding, but successful’, and I did! Never have I come across such sharp stones perched at such precarious angles. The shore is so steep that the tide only recedes a few yards and care is necessary to avoid being thrown into deep water when turning a stone. : The ‘ equivalent’”’ species of chitons are Tonicella marmorea (Fabricius), T. rubra (Linné), Callochiton achatinus (Brown), and Lepidopleurus asellus (Gmelin). ‘These are dominant and seem to replace those found in the south. The Laminaria is remarkable for the grand Pecten Chlamys nivea (Macgillivray) and for the beautiful Margarites helicinus (Fabricius). The latter seems to be equivalent to Lacuna parva (da Costa) in the south. Chlamys distorta (da Costa) was very fine. The largest Lacuna crassior (Montagu) that I have ever seen occurred here. I swallowed the largest one when turning over a rock ; how- ever, regurgitation took place, so that, unlike the fisherman’s largest fish, it was not lost. : 74 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. Other invertebrates found here were Terebratulina caput-serpentis (Linné), Crania anomala (Miiller), Munida rondeleti, Galathea strigosa (Fabricius), and Pycnogonium littorale. ‘The Fucus was thickly covered with Clava squamata (Miller) ; only at the Salstone have I seen so much of it. It was noticed that the Lepidopleurus asellus (Gmelin) in the Laminarian zone were much larger than those dredged. ‘The largest of the former measured 1-9 X 1:3 cm., while the latter were only 0-8 o°5 cm. Trophon truncatus (Str6m) is very common and seems to be the equivalent species to Philbertia purpurea (Montagu) on a beach such as that of Marazion or of Falmouth. Patelloida tessulata (Miiller) largely replaces Patella vulgata Linné. Cantharidus cleland1 (Wood) and Trichotropis borealis Broderip and Sowerby occurred in numbers just below the tide-mark, and Lima sulcata Brown in deeper water off the Maiden Rock. Perhaps the comparative scarcity of Nucella lapillus (Linné), Patella, and Mytilus edulis V.inné accounts for the extraordinary richness of the fauna in other respects. | The greatest find of all was Emarginula crassa anassa Dean. On our first day almost the first upturned stone yielded two large. ones, but the total number of adults found in two weeks in two separate years was small. Of these, one found by Miss White probably holds the record for size in British waters. ‘There were very many small ones occurring with Emarginula conica Lamarck. This species seemed “‘ equivalent’ to Emarginula reticulata mullert Forbes & Hanley of the south. Trivia monacha arctica (Montagu) is very large and entirely takes the place of Trivia monacha monacha (da Costa). FALMOUTH. Time prevents me from saying much about this locality, so famous as the chief hunting ground of Cocks. Excellent examples of the Upper Beach are presented. Here one finds Littorina neritoides petraea (Montagu) well on its way to become a land form. With it live dwarf Littorina saxatilis (Olivi), Mytilus edulis Linné, and the bivalve Lasza rubra (Montagu). These hide in the Lychina. Otina ovata (Brown) may be on its way to the land from its damp caves, but I have always found it much farther down the zone than would be expected for a Pulmonate. Near the Lizard it occurs at about half-tide. In connection with the question of migration to the land Tattersal states that Littorina nerttoides (Linné) has lost its metamorphosis, having no free veliger stage. The same is true of Littorina saxatzlis (Olivi), so that GARDINER : THE LITTORAL ZONE. 75 these two species, accustomed to long exposure to the air, are far advanced in the landward migration. Littorina littoralis (Linné), of a lower zone, has a somewhat abridged metamorphosis, while the still more maritime Luzttorina littorea (Linné) has retained its full typical series of larval changes. At first sight it seems that the most natural and easy method by which transition from sea to land could take place would be through the intermediate brackish and freshwater existences. This, no doubt, is sometimes the case. An obvious example is seen in the estuarine and brackish species, Hydrobia jenkinsit Smith. ‘This now swarms in thousands in the River Pang at Bradfield, and I have frequently found it alive in a damp coppice. Here, probably, it has been deposited by flood water and survived for a time. In this method of migration the osmotic difficulty has to be overcome. In this physical process water tends to pass through a membrane from a more dilute into a more concentrated solution until equilibrium is established. This flow is most deadly in its results, for example, brittle starfish are killed so suddenly by immersion in fresh- water that even they have not got time to perform autotomy. Exquisite specimens may be obtained in this way without the risk of loss of arms. In favour of the theory of direct migration from sea to land direct, rather than through an intermediate freshwater phase, it is known that the Upper Beach Lasxa rubra can live exposed to air for nine days, but not for one in freshwater. The numbers for some other species are :— Littorina neritoides. Air 42 days. Freshwater 11. L. saxatilis. Ce 2 eae! » 7: L. littorea ty ae 9 7: L. littoralis. Ot Ea 05 2. These results are those of Colgan (1910). As a rule the lower its zone on the shore the less power an animal has of resisting freshwater. These considerations seem to point to the possibility of Pomatias elegans, for instance, having undergone direct transition. Cooke, in 1895, observed landward migration of three species of Littorina at Panama. These were actually on trees. The Falmouth section of coast, including as it does rocky coves, sandy beaches, and reefs of rocks with splendid pools, is an excellent place for observing examples of protective resemblance. Space only permits me to mention Rostanga rufescens Iredale and O’Donoghue. Here I have frequently found this red nudibranch under stones, but never on red sponge ; thus this would seem to be a case of warning rather than of protective colouration. 76 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. In the rock pools Patelloida virginea (Miller), Patella depressa Pennant, Patella athletica Bean, are very inconspicuous on the calcareous algz Melobesia, Lithothamnion, and Corallina. Littorina littoralis frequently, but by no means always, matches the Fucus on which it lives. Cases of protective resemblance in the Nudibranchs are very numerous. I have often wondered if the blue lines of Patina pellucida (Liste may not help to break up the outline of the animal in the same way that the bright stripes of the larve of Hawk-moths help to render the creature inconspicuous. Arca tetragona britannica Reeve, Arca lactea Linné, Ocenebra ertnacea (Linné) on this coast and O. aciculata (Lamarck) and Halotis in Jersey are good imitations of lumps of stone. These Cornish beaches are not what they were thirty years ago, when I worked them year in and year out for six years. During the War an oil tank ship went on the rocks and was burnt there. For some years the flora and fauna were wiped out. In 1931 life was nearly but not quite normal near the site of the disaster. Gillan Creek, towards the mouth of the Helford River, might at one time have served as the happy hunting ground of good biologists— its fauna was ruined in one night by a drift of oil from a wreck on the Eddystone. We were at Gillan the day before and the day after. This occurred some years ago and perfect recovery has never been made. How many millions of crabs and lobsters in the adult and larval state must have been killed, to say nothing of other animals of importance as fish food ! Finally, one word about the last type of shore: Our example is Pendine and Amroth in Pembrokeshire. On this sandy wave- swept expanse the molluscs must either burrow in the sand and have long tubes, or be prepared to roll like Actaeon tornatilis (Linné), the most characteristic animal of this region ; it can often be found in the wet sand by following its tracks. Tellina squalida Montagu, Dzpledonta rotundata (Montagu), and Mysia undata (Pennant) amongst the scarcer species, with Cyprina islandica (Linné), large white Venus striatula (da Costa), Donax, Lutraria, Spisula, Mya, Pharus, Cultellus, Ensis, Solen, and Mactra form banks of dead shells. In the submarine forest at Amroth Pholas and Barnea of great size occur in the subfossil wood. Pendine is also famous for Clathrus turtonis (Turton). A pupil of mine whom I sent there found three in one day. Here there are no stones to leave unturned and none to leave the wrong way up. a The Rev. Dr. A. H. COOKE. By J. R. te B. ToMtin. _ ALFRED HANDS COOKE was the son of Edward Cooke, of Enfield, and born on 5th October, 1854. He was a colleger at Eton, eventually captain of the school, and one of the school Field XI. In 1874 he won the Newcastle, and becoming a member of King’s College, Cambridge, he proceeded to carry off almost every distinction open to classical scholars, as well as captaining the College Association XI from 1874-8. In the latter year he was Senior Classic and rst Chancellor’s medallist. Elected to a Fellowship of his College, and ordained by Wordsworth, Bishop of Lincoln, he spent more than twenty years successively as Lecturer, Dean, and ‘Tutor, and served for more than ten years as Assistant Censor of non-collegiate students in the University. He was also for many years Lecturer and Honorary Chaplain at Girton College. In 1900 he accepted the headmastership of Aldenham School and remained there for twenty years. In 1920 Eton offered him the living of Mapledurham, on the Thames, and he died at his vicarage on 28th November last at the age of 80, only three weeks after the death of his wife. He married Miss Mary Louisa Seels, of The Hall, Wainfleet, in 1881, and had two sons; the younger, Alan, also a King’s man, was reported missing in the War and never heard of again; the elder, Cyril, of Marlborough and King’s, won the M.C. in the War and became headmaster of Dunchurch Hall School, near Rugby. But Cooke, great classical scholar as he was, had another claim to distinction ; he was no mean scientist and his volume on Molluscs in the Cambridge Natural History series (1895) is still a standard book of reference. The first conchological paper that he wrote was on the shells of Guernsey, Sark, and Herm, in conjunction with H. M. Gwatkin, of St. John’s College (fFourn. of Conch., Vol. I, p. 321), and this collecting in home waters inspired him to go much further afield. He spent part of a Long Vac. at Panama, when it was still an unspoilt locality—inspired thereto by the accounts of C. B. Adams’s foray many years before and the richness of his spoils—and himself brought back a very fine collection. He was never tired of describing the incidents of this trip, the numerical abundance of so many of the species, the exhausting effect of collecting in the tropical heat; the climax was reached when he staggered home one day with a sack over his shoulder containing nearly a dozen live specimens of the big Strombus galeatus Swainson. 78 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. The association of Cooke and Gwatkin mentioned above became ever more intimate and the ties of friendship were knit closer by the interest in a common hobby. Gwatkin, of course, had very early taken up the study of radule and devoted himself whole- heartedly to their acquisition and mounting. Cooke was induced to supplement Gwatkin’s work by photography, and as the latter’s fame spread he was constantly appealed to by foreign malacologists for information about radular characters, which was most con- veniently imparted in the form of a photograph. Cooke’s favourite groups in the Mollusca were Thais (Purpura) and Clausilia. The former taste was the result of his trip to Panama, where species of Thais were numerous and particularly attractive. The latter was gradually engendered by his travels in Europe and Palestine, especially in the mountain haunts of the Alopza group. He amassed an extraordinarily complete series of the common Nucella lapillus (.), illustrating its variation along the whole line of its known range ; this series, as well as his enormous accumulation of Clausiliide, was presented to the British Museum (Natural History) a year or two ago. He was President of the Malacological Society from 1913 to 1915 and of the Conchological Society 1919-1920. While at Mapledurham he made an intensive study of the history of the parish, which eventually appeared in book form. Recollections of him at Cambridge in the early eighties bring to mind a tall, spare, fair man, with a slight limp (due to a football accident), short-sighted, distinctly chilly and academic in manner to a stranger, but to friends he revealed a vigour, a breadth of mind -and an enthusiasm which were alike inspiring and infectious. He was Curator in Zoology of the University Museum from 1880 to 1890, under John Willis Clark, and a constant association with him there for four years taught one more in many ways than can be easily acknowledged. The Times, reviewing his career at Aldenham, says of him: ‘Patient and painstaking, courteous and ae as he was, there was yet in him a hint of power in reserve—a standard set and maintained in himself and anticipated in others.” ‘This, I think, sums up Cooke’s character well; he was the embotliment of noblesse oblige, and such a character is a tremendous asset whether at the ’Varsity, at a public school, or in a country parish. ; 79 Dr. R. F. SCHARFF. By J. R. te B. ToMiin. ROBERT FRANCIS SCHARFF was born in Leeds in 1858. He studied at three universities—Edinburgh, University College, London, and Heidelberg, and took the degrees of M.A., B.Sc., and Ph.D. Zoology was always his chief subject, and after spending some time at the Marine Biological Stations of St. Andrews and Naples he accepted, in 1887, a post in the Dublin Museum of Science and Art—now the National Museum—as Assistant in Natural History under A. G. More, a joint author of the Cybele Hibernica. ‘Three years later, on More’s resignation, Scharff was appointed Keeper, and held this post until 1921. From the beginning of his work in Dublin he was an active member of the Royal Irish Academy and the Royal Zoological Society of Ireland and very frequently an officer of one or the other. He was also for a long time on the Council of the Royal Dublin Society, a Fellow of the Linnean and Zoological Societies of London, and a constant attendant at international zoological meetings on the continent, where his ability as a linguist was an invaluable asset. In 1895 he was awarded the prize given by Emperor Nicholas II at the International Congress of Zoology. In 1906 and 1908 he delivered the Swiney lectures on Geology in London. After his retirement he lived on in Ireland until about two years ago, when he moved for a short time to Lausanne. Only two months before his.death he had carried out a project of settling on the south coast. He died at Worthing on 11th September. Scharff was twice married and had two sons and one daughter ; his second wife was Miss Jane Stephens, of Dublin, who had been an assistant under him at the Museum and is well known for her work on Sponges. Scharff was to all intents and purposes an original member of the Conchological Society, as has been proved by Dr. Jackson (fourn. of Conch., Vol. XVIII, p. 66); in 1879 we find him a Vice-President (fourn. of Conch., Vol. II, pp. 315 and 322), and in 1902 he was elected President. His address was entitled “ ‘The Origin of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca at present living in the British Isles ’’. His contributions to this Journal were few in number and with the above exception not particularly important, but he left his mark on scientific literature by three books dealing with his favourite subject of the distribution and dispersal of animals. ‘These books were The History of the European Fauna, 1899 ; European Ammals, 1907; The Distribution and Origin of Life in America, 1911. 80 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. His interest in the problems of distribution and migration naturally turned his attention to the Irish fauna and in 1893 the Royal Irish Academy appointed a Fauna and Flora Committee with Scharff as Chairman. His position at the Museum enabled him to assist and encourage the study of Irish animals very considerably, and at different times he made important critical contributions on wood-lice, on deep-sea fishes, on non-marine mollusca, and on fossil vertebrates from cave deposits. He also wrote on the origin of the Irish races of domestic animals and on the Irish names of indigenous creatures. Commenting on Scharff’s views, Mr. Lloyd Praeger writes as follows :— “In all these studies Scharff found—as many others have done—extreme difficulty in accounting for present faunal distribution and the close relationships existing between the faunas of separated areas in view of the serious barriers offered to migration by intervening areas of sea. ‘Trans-marine migration on the necessary scale under existing geographical conditions, indeed, was to him an impossibility. And in spite of theories of the permanence of ocean-basins and all geological difficulties, he invoked former land-bridges across which the fauna had migrated from island to island and from continent to continent. The biological evidence appeared to him incontrovertible, and geological difficulties were minimized. In claiming that the present distribution of animal and plant life demanded a different distribution of land and sea in times geologically recent in order to allow of terrestrial migration, Scharff was a forerunner of Wegener, but they proposed different solutions of the problem—Scharff raising parts of the ocean beds to form land-bridges, Wegener even more sensationally obliterating the intervening seas by moving the continents together into a single great land mass. ‘“A second difficult and controversial problem connected with the history of the present fauna and flora centres round the Pleistocene glacial period. Scharff read and thought much’ over this; his conclusion was that much of our animal and plant population must have existed in or near its present habitats throughout this time: from this he inferred that the conception of some thousands of feet of ice over, for instance, our own island must be erroneous. I think that evidence is on the increase that the ice was not simultaneously over the whole of Ireland, and, indeed, that it was not over certain areas at all; but to Scharff the idea of any widespread ice-cap was untenable: the Ice Age, he believed, was essentially a wet, not a cold period ; and he even attempted to explain glacial striz as due to stones pressed against TOMLIN : DR. R. F. SCHARFF. Sr the rocks not by ice but by mud. He was not content to accept such difficulties as incapable of explanation, but boldly put forward the solution which to his mind appeared the most probable. ‘““ He was a conscientious and diligent worker in the zoological field, thorough and painstaking, and had little sympathy with the superficial or hasty work which sometimes passes for scientific research in these later days; but he was always tolerant of the views of others.”’ Planorbis corneus (L.) in Co. Down.—I have to record Planorbis corneus from Co. Down, though only from a new garden pond, where I saw no sign of it last year. Lately, when in the Marchioness of Londonderry’s famous gardens at Mountstewart, Ards Peninsula, Co. Down, the head-gardener took me to a pond in the new Spanish garden, where pond-snails were causing much damage to rare water-lily leaves. I found that two well- known Britannic species were causing the trouble, Planorbis corneus (L.) and Lymnza stagnalis (L.), the latter much the more abundant of the two and doing most of the damage. Some leaves were almost entirely eaten away. ‘The pond had been cleaned out, but I was able to get about half a dozen of the Planorbis and over a dozen of the Lymnza for the Belfast Museum aquarium tank, as well as leaves almost completely covered with the gelatinous egg masses. It is interesting to find it again in the north of Ireland, far from its Kildare and Queen’s County natural habitats, so soon after Miss Fisher’s record for Cushendall, Co. Antrim, where it occurs plentifully in a hotel garden pond.—R. J. WeEtcu. Mactra stultorum, Linn. in Association with Pinnotheres pisum Penn. — Last August (1933) a specimen of Mactra stultorum Linn. was found living at low water, Hove, Sussex, in association with Pinnotheres pisum Penn. As this host of the latter was considered to be unusual, the occurrence was notified to Dr. Isabel Gordon at the Natural History Museum, South Kensington, who kindly supplied the following information: ‘‘ I have not found any record of the association of Pinnotheres pisum with Mactra stultorum in European waters, and presume that it must be unusual. An Indian Ocean species, Pisum matricolus, was found in Mactra violacea by the late Colonel Alcock. The molluscan hosts of P. pisum for European waters are, in addition to Mytilus edulis and Cardium edule, Modiolus vulgaris, Cardium exiguum, Cardium norvegicum, and Glycymeris. They are also found in association with certain. Ascidians.”’—J. GorpoN DatouissH. (Read before the Society, 1oth March, 1934.) 82 VALLONIA COSTATA (MULL.) MONSTR., FROM EAST LOTHIAN. ; By D. K. Kevan. (Read before the Society, 13th January, 1934.) WHILE collecting on the 5th September, 1933, at the extremity of a long spit of land dividing the shore proper from an extensive salt-marsh in the estuary of the River Tyne, near T’ynninghame, East Lothian, I found an extraordinary monstrosity of Vallonia costata, which I have attempted to delineate in the attached figures. The specimen was submitted to Mr. A. S. Kennard, who has made a special study of the genus, and he states that he has never seen a Vallonia like it before. He adds that while costata can be considered the most variable in shape and size of the three British species, it is remarkable how slightly Valloniae do really vary, the only definitely abnormal one that he had seen previously being a pulchella, extremely high-spired and without a lip, due possibly to some injury to the genitalia. He does not consider that this is the cause in the present case. eet ers 2 Se. “ae “oo. fs . y% ees 8 72 Oe ere: “a At ue, ae o% ry) 4 aoa P segs eS oN 4 Mae @ et f 5 eee, ry PaCS AIO TY san ff e P| 2 millimetres Vallonia costata monstr. from shell-sand, estuary of R. Tyne, Tynninghame, near Dunbar, East Lothian. Apart from various marine (mainly estuarine) and salt-marsh forms (including Phytia myosotis) the following land-shells were associated with Vall. costata in the shell-sand: Cepzea nemoralis, Helicella caperata (abundant), Cochlicopa lubrica, Lauria cylindracea, Pupilla muscorum, Vitrina pellucida, Gontodiscus rotundatus, Oxychilus cellarius, and Punctum pygmzum. ‘The spit of land is composed KEVAN : VALLONIA COSTATA FROM EAST LOTHIAN. 83 of sand, and is covered by a dense growth of Sea Buckthorn, excepting at the point (north side), a patch a little way down the south (salt-marsh) side, and occasionally along the edges, where Maram grass and other sand-dune plants occur. A few stones are to be found in these open spaces, and, here and there, one or two old tree-trunks or branches, evidently washed up by the tide. Under these I found small living colonies of the following species : HM. caperata, C. lubrica, L. cylindracea, P. muscorum, V. pellucida, V. costata and O. alliarius, but nowhere was there any sign of living or even recent C. nemoralis, although old and broken shells were very common. There seems little doubt that the encroach- ment of Sea Buckthorn has practically destroyed the area as a snail habitat; some species have already gone, while others are fast disappearing or only just managing to “‘ hang on” in a few isolated situations. Preference of Patina pellucida (L.) for Laminaria digitata.— Wherever this common limpet occurs on the coast of North-East Ireland it is almost exclusively found on the fronds of the ‘‘ smooth ” Laminaria (L. digitata). Praeger + says: ‘‘ Of general occurrence round our shores [the North of Ireland] on the broad fronds of Laminaria digitata,” and I found this to hold good wherever I collected in North-East Ireland. At Port Ballintrae, Co. Antrim, in October, the fronds of L. digitata were literally covered with Patina, but it was only after a prolonged search that I found a very few specimens on the “ crinkly ” Laminaria (L. saccharina). My experience is thus just the reverse of Gardiner’s,* who found that “‘ Patina pellucida (L.) prefers Laminaria saccharina, and to a less extent L. digitata and Rhodymenia palmata’’. His observations were made at ‘“ Falmouth, St. Ives, Chideock, Pembroke coast ’’. Sinel ® states that “‘ in the summer months its young [P. pellucida] may be seen in numbers on Laminaria digitata ’’—presumably at Jersey, where he worked. Farran ‘ records it as occurring on Fucoids as well as on Laminaria (species not stated) at Blacksod Bay, Co. Mayo, and I once (Port Ballintrae) found a single specimen on Fucus serratus. Nevertheless, it may safely be said that in North-East Ireland at any rate Patina pellucida (L.) shows a decided preference for Laminaria digitata over other alge.—N. Fisuer. (Read before the Society, 8th September, 1934.) * Praeger, R. LI., “The Marine Shells of the North of Ireland,” Rep. and Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, vol. 2, 1887-1888, Appendix iii, p. 81, 1889. 2 Gardiner, A. P., Journ. Conch., vol. 18, p. 311, 1929. * Sinel, J., Outline of the Natural History of our Shores, pp. 203-4, 1906. * Farran, G. P., Results of a Biological Survey of Blacksod Bay, Co. Mayo, pp. 9, 64. Fisheries, Ireland, Sci. Invest., 1914, iii. RUMINA DECOLLATA LINNE IN THE NEW WORLD. By, E-mer P. Cueatum (Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas). THE exotic snail Rumina decollata L. with its characteristic decollated shell appears to be having a rather rapid dissemination in certain parts of the United States. Although indigenous to the Mediterranean region, it has been reported from ten localities in the United States, seven of them being in Texas. For the past three years, this species has been thriving in several backyards in Oak Cliff, a suburb of Dallas, Texas. Mr. John Litsey, of Dallas, first mentioned its occurrence within the city to the writer, and several subsequent field trips to its present locality have furnished interesting ecological data. Rumina 1s active intermittently throughout the winter in Dallas. A rainy period followed by a few warm days results in their appearance at the surface of the ground; a few cold days will cause them to burrow into the soil, sometimes far enough down completely to cover their shells. Recently (5th January, 1934) a trip to the area inhabited by these snails revealed a considerable number burrowed under a dense mat of periwinkle vines (Vinca). Some had their shells completely exposed; others were entirely covered by humus or had only the apices of their shells visible. On a recent trip (1st to 3rd February, 1934) to south central Texas, R. decollata was found in abundance along the banks of the Guadalupe River, one-half mile south-west of Greene. Collections were made approximately one-fourth mile up and down the river in this vicinity and shells both living and dead were found equally abundant at all points. In Breckenridge Park, San Antonio, this species is distributed all along the banks of the San Antonio River that meanders through the park. Pilsbry, in his Manual of Conchology (2nd series, vol. 17, p. 212, 1905) summarizes the distribution of this species as follows: “Entire Mediterranean region, the typical forms from southern France, Italy, Sicily, Canary Is. Introduced in the Azores, Madeira, and Cape Verde Is., Bermuda, Santo Domingo, Cuba (Havana), Charleston, South Carolina.’ Johnson (Naut., xiii, p. 117, 1900) speaks of a colony that lived for a while in Philadelphia, one individual being found devouring a specimen of Helicella ericetorum. Smith (Naut., xx, pp. 4-6, 1912) notes the shells as common in cemeteries of New Orleans, La., and the older parts of Mobile, Ala. Ferriss (Naut., xxviii, p. 11, 1914) calls attention to its being found by Camp in Brownsville, Texas. Recently Rumina has been collected in the south part of Houston, Texas, by Mr. Robert CHEATUM : RUMINA DECOLLATA IN THE NEW WORLD. 85 Tenery. The writer has before him shells from Houston, Greene, and Dallas. Shells from Greene and Dallas are much lighter in colour than those from Houston. It seems quite probable that this species occurs over a much wider area in the southern United States than hitherto reported. The Fauna of Birdlip Woods.—It is to be hoped that all readers of this Journal have seen, or will see, Professor Boycott’s striking paper in the February number of the Journal of Ecology, under the title of ‘‘ The Habitats of Land Mollusca in Britain”’. It was of special interest to me that he there gives a list of thirty-seven species to be found in the famous beech woods which clothe the western slopes of the Cotswolds at Birdlip, as I was myself about to spend a week in that neighbourhood. I was able to add two typical woodland species to his list, viz. Lauria cylindracea DaC., of which a single specimen turned up among beech leaves at the foot of a moss-covered wall, and Azeca goodalli Fér., which occurred among sycamore leaves, at a point where a few sycamores are planted among the beeches. ‘These sycamore leaves were a profitable hunting-ground for other species, notably Clausilia rolphii Leach and Ena montana Drap. I failed to find Arion intermedius Norm. or Columella edentula Drap., which can hardly be absent from the woods altogether. One very beautiful slug is worth recording, a pure white Arion ater L.. with the head and tentacles black, the effect being even more striking than in the var. oculata, in which only the tentacles are black. I was able to confirm another detail upon which Professor Boycott comments. On one stony patch there were hundreds of Abida secale Drap., but not a single young specimen, living or dead, was to be seen. Where do the young hide themselves >—L. W. GRENSTED. (Read before the Society, 12th May, 1934.) Slug and Beetle.—On 24th June, 1934, my attention was drawn to moving objects on the garden path, which upon examination proved to be a Ground Beetle (Carabus violaceus) savagely attacking a specimen of Arion hortensis. On lifting the beetle from the ground the slug was dropped, but upon replacing the beetle on the path about 3 or 4 inches from its prey the insect at once ran up to it and began to bite it about the middle of the body. This attack lasted for about three minutes, by which time the slug was dead, and ultimately the beetle wandered away to the cover of some pieces of timber. Evidently this is a very useful kind of beetle to keep in a garden.— C. H. Moore. (Read before the Society, 8th September, 1934.) . 86 NON-MARINE SHELL-DEPOSITS IN YORKSHIRE (N. RIDING) AND DURHAM. By A. S. Kennarp, A.L.S., and B. R. Lucas, F.G.5. (Read before the Society, 7th May, 1932.) Tue following account deals with some interesting shell-deposits at Kirby Fleetham, Oxney Fields, and Cockerton :— 1. KirBy FLEETHAM. The village of Kirby Fleetham is situated on Sheet LV, South- West Yorkshire (North Riding). The Chara marl deposit is found in the area bounded on the west by the Moorhills plantation, the mill-beck to the south, Fleetham Lane to the east, and a little beyond the Hall Garth (old moated Hall) to the north. ‘The owner, Mr. E. H. Courage, deepened a drain running due east, about 350 feet from the Hall Garth, and in doing so cut through the Chara marl bed in its greatest depth. The lake must have had an area of approximately 60 acres and all around the margins you come to sand and gravel of glacial deposit. The lake appears to have passed through periods of desiccation, and the Chara marl is interlarded with small bands of peat. The writers collected the following thirty-nine species of shells :— Bithynia tentaculata (Linn.). Rare. Valvata piscinalis (Mull.). Common. , eristata Mill. Common. Carychium minimum Mill. Rare. Limneza pereger (Miull.). Common. , palustris (Miull.). Common. » truncatula (Mill.). Rare. Planorbis planorbis (Linn.). Rare. z, carinatus Mill. Rare. ta corneus (Linn.). Rare. 5 albus Miuil. Rare. . crista (Linn.). Common. complanatus (Linn.). Common. Doeytis lacustris (Linn.). Rare. Physa fontinalis (Linn.). Common. Pupilla muscorum (Linn.). Rare. Vertigo antivertigo (Drap.). Common. ,, pygmza (Drap.). Rare. genes Gred. Rare. ,, moulinsiana (Dupuy). Rare. Vallonia pulchella (Miull.). Rare. excentrica Sterki. Rare. 2? »)) KENNARD : SHELL=-DEPOSITS IN YORKSHIRE AND DURHAM. 87 Vallonia costata (Mill.). Rare. Cochlicopa lubrica (Miull.). Rare. Arion sp. Rare. Petasina fulva (Mill.). Rare. © Zonitoides nitidus (Miull.). Rare. Retinella radiatula (Ald.). Rare. Vitrea crystallina (Miull.). Rare. [imax sp. Rare. Trochulus hispidus (Linn.). Rare. Artanta arbustorum (Linn.). Rare. Cepza nemoralis (Linn.). Rare. ,, hortensis (Miull.). Rare. Succinea pfeifferi Rossm. Rare. Sphzerium corneum (Linn.). Rare. Pisidtum nitidum Jenyns. Common. 4, miltum Held. Common. a obtusalastrum B. B. Wood. Common. This is a most interesting series and is a record of events hitherto unsuspected. ‘There is first the series of true marl shells. These are all freshwater and are all common in the deposit. They are Valvata piscinalis, V. cristata, Limnza pereger, Physa fontinalss, Planorbis crista, P. complanatus, and the three species of Pisidia. From the thickness of the deposit it is clear that the marl period lasted a considerable time, but a change of conditions led to the cessation of the deposition of the marl and a different association of freshwater forms occurred: later it became a marsh with the usual land-shells. ‘The age of the marl is probably early Holocene while the peaty earth represents the period from that to the present time. Of particular interest is the occurrence of Vertigo genes and V. moulinsiana, which are unknown in a living state in Yorkshire. 2, OFMEY, LF PELDS, They are situated on Sheets LV and LVII of the 6 in. Ordnance Survey of Durham and form a peninsula at the junction of the Rivers Tees and Skerne. Seventeen years ago the land, that had been looked on as derelict, was drained after pumping for over a year, and the level of the water so lowered as to make it possible to cut drains. In the dried, more or less peaty soil the writers found the following eleven species of shells :— Limneza stagnalis (Linn.). ,, truncatula (Mill.). Planorbis leucostoma Mill. Vertigo pusilla Mill. 88 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. Vertigo antivertigo (Drap.). ” pygmexa (Drap.). Vallonia excentrica Sterki. Retinella radtatula (Ald.). Vitrea crystallina (Mill.). Trochulus hispidus (Linn.). Succinea pfetiffert Rossm. There is no clue as to the age of this deposit, which clearly represents a marsh. The reclaimed land covers about 40 acres, and is in close proximity to the famous “ Hell Kettles’. 3. COCKERTON (DURHAM). Cockerton village is situated to the east-north-east of Darlington on the 6 in. map, Durham LV, north-west, of the Ordnance Survey. The ponds, which were brought to the notice of Messrs. E. O. D. Sibson and B. R. Lucas in December, 1931, were found in laying down a drain and new road in continuation of Bates Avenue to the north of Cockerton nearly at the foot of Elvert House. A thick clay containing shells was discovered, unmistakably old” ponds. The drain cut through 25 feet of this deposit at a depth of 5 feet from the surface of the meadow and 6 feet thick. The area of the deposit could not be ascertained, but according to the foreman it spread beyond the road and appeared to consist of two ponds. Fourteen species occurred, viz. :— Limneza pereger (Mill.). Planorbts arcticus Beck. ‘ crista (Linn.). 3 leucostoma Mill. Vertigo parcedentata Al. Braun. Columella columella (Benz). Vitrina pellucida (Miill.). Trochulus hispidus (Linn.). Succinea pfeiffert Rossm. Pisidium cinereum Ald. 5 pulchellum Jenyns. fs mitidum Jenyns. subtruncatum Malm. hibernicum West. 9) This is clearly a late Pleistocene deposit as is shown by the occurrence of the three extinct species Planorbis arcticus, Vertigo parcedentata, and Columella columella, and this is the first record of these species in the North of England. The fauna is identical with that of the Ponders End stage in the South of England. JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. PLAIE, 2, HYRIDELLA BARDWELLI CLENCH Fig. 1: Exterior view, holotype, nat. size. Figs. 2-3: Interior view, paratype, nat. size. Fig) 4: Sculpture, holotype. x 6. Fig, 5: dlinge plates, paratype. xX 3. Photographs by F.. P. Orchard. Facing p. 89.] 89 A NEW HYRIDELLA (MUTELIDA) FROM AUSTRALIA. By WiLuiamM J. CLENCH. (Read before the Society, 8th September, 1934.) [PLATE 2. | Hyridella (Hyridella) bardwellt, sp. nov. Shell oblong-ovate to elliptical, inequilateral, inflated, thin and shining. Beaks elevated, full and smooth. Young specimens show a broad and shallow indentation on the uppermost portion of the beaks, which is not indicated in the older specimens. Posterior ridge low, rounded and inconspicuous. Dorsal outline somewhat arched, basal outline somewhat flattened. Anterior end regularly rounded, posterior end irregularly rounded to subtruncated, and somewhat produced a little below the mid- line. Periostracum a deep, blackish brown, olivaceous green in transmitted light. Radial sculpture of very faint, thread-like lines, visible in both transmitted and reflected light. Concentric sculpture of fine growth lines, a few specimens showing a series of hair-like threads that are connected with fine, radially arranged riblets. Areas in which the radial riblets occur, however, are irregularly placed, and not present on all specimens. Rest periods indicated in transmitted light by darkened, concentric lines at about 5 mm. intervals. ‘Teeth delicate, pseudocardinals double in the right valve, and not quite parallel, thickened at their distal ends. The left valve possesses a single pseudocardinal, somewhat irregularly pointed. Laterals single in the right valve, double and nearly parallel in the left valve. Nacre, bluish white, opalescent, most strongly so at the posterior end of each valve where, in addition, there is a somewhat coppery stain. Interior of all shells stained with “‘ oil spots”’ or Tullberg’s layers. Exterior areas of the umbones badly corroded. Length. Height. Width. 54 at 17°6mm. Holotype 54 29 19°5 Paratype 52°5 27 18 / 53 29 18 a Cee a tail Ya i 49 aoe: 20 : Holotype-—Museum of Comparative Zoology, No. 41999, lower reaches of the Glenelg River, Kimberley Division, Western Australia. Beresford Bardwell collector, 1933. ‘Twelve paratypes, No. 42000, from the same locality, one of which is deposited in the South Australian Museum. 90 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. Remarks.—A recent publication by Cotton and Gabriel on the Australian Unionide (Proc. Royal Soc. Victoria, 44, pt. 2, pp. 155-160, pl. 16, April, 1932) has made possible a much better understanding of the freshwater clams of that continent. Thiele has, however (Handbuch der Systematischen Weichtierkunde, Jena, 3, p. 838, 1934), placed all of the Australian species in the family Mutelidz and not the Unionide as considered by the above authors. This new species appears to be quite different from all other Australian forms. The lack of beak sculpture places this species in Hyridella s.s.; its outline and thin structure infer a relation- ship with H. wilsont (Lea) of central and northern Australia. Nothing, however, is known of its soft parts. From this species it differs in being deeper between the beaks and the basal margin, more inflated and not possessing a parallel dorsal and basal outline. In colour as well it differs in being very much darker. Com- parative measurements between shells of about the same length are as follows :— Length. Height. Width. 52 24°5 13°5mm.wilson Holotype 52°5 27 18 bardwelli Paratype This particular series is heavily stained with the so-called “ oil spots”’ or Tullberg’s layers, a condition more or less induced by the particular nature of the habitat. Freshwater clams living in mud, especially containing any amount of decaying organic material, are usually found to be much corroded by the organic acids in their medium. To protect themselves from the corrosive action, deposition of these oil spots occurs on the inner surface of the valves. The composition of the oil spots is of the same chemical material that is used to produce the periostracum (Altnéder, K., Arch. Hydrobiol., 17 (3), pp. 423-491, pl. 3, fig. 10, 1926). ‘These spotted areas are usually disc-shaped and occur most abundantly in the region of the umbones, the outer surfaces of which are most deeply corroded. A NEW HOLOCENE DEPOSIT IN CO. DOWN. By R. MacDOonaLp. Durinc May of last year I discovered an interesting Holocene deposit of land-shells on the foreshore at Groomsport, Co. Down, less than a quarter of a mile east of the village, from which I was able to obtain the following species: Cochlicopa lubrica (Miiller), Claustlia rugosa Draparnaud, Trichia hispida (Linné), Vallonia pulchella (Miller), Cochlicella acuta (Miiller), Cepaea nemoralis (Linne), all frequent; Vertigo angustior Jeffreys (5), and Pupilla muscorum (Linné) (1). I again visited the section in May of the present year when I was able, owing to the erosion, to determine the following as a typical section: Height of top of section, 22 ft. 6in. above Ordnance Datum. (1) Recent surface soil, 16 inches. (2) Blown sand with land-shells, 3 ft. 7 in. (3) Black layer, probably Neolithic, 10 inches, which contained the following species of marine shells: Patella vulgata Linné, frequent ; Littorina littorea (Linné), frequent ; Littorina littoralis (Linné), a few only; Buccinum undatum Linné, a few broken specimens ; Paphia rhomboides (Pennant), one perfect valve. It also contained bones of the following domestic animals which have been identified by Dr. J. W. Jackson: Horse, Ox, Pig, and Goat, together with a few specimens of Trichia hispida. (4) Blown sand coarser than layer (2) but containing the same molluscan fauna. I could not determine the depth of this layer owing to the presence of talus. The presence of Vertigo angustior Jeffreys in this deposit is of great interest as it has not been hitherto recorded from Co. Down either in the living or fossil state, although living in the adjacent county of Antrim. It has probably become extinct in the present situation owing to the encroachment of the sand over a coastal marsh as has been suggested by Stelfox (1) with regard to its dis- appearance from several other Irish localities where it is now found only as a fossil. For other references to the occurrence of Vertigo angustior in Ireland as a fossil see the recent paper by D. K. Kevan in The Irish Naturalists’ ‘fournal, vol. 4, p. 178, May, 1933, in which both its recent and fossil distribution is recorded as known up to the present. | Another deposit of the same type existed several years ago at Orlock Point, about a mile and a half further round the coast near 92 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. Donaghadee from which the following: were determined by Kennard and Woodward (2): Retinella nitidula (Drap.), (1); Trichia hispida (.), (7); Cochlicella acuta (Miller), common; Cepxa nemoralis (L.), (3); Clausilia rugosa (Drap.), (1); and Cochlicopa lubrica (Miller), (3). All these species with the exception of R. nitidula also occurred in the deposit above described. BIBLIOGRAPHY. (1) Stelfox, A. W., Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 29, Section B, No. 3, p. 102, 1911. (2) Kennard, A.S., and Woodward, B. B., ‘‘ The Post-Pliocene Non-Marine Mollusca of Ireland,”? Proc. Geol. Association, vol. 28, p. 133. EDITORIAL NOTES. ‘THE Society has suffered a very heavy loss by the death of Dr. R. F. Scharff, who was to all intents and purposes an original member. By the courtesy of Mr. R. Lloyd Praeger I am able to give some account of Scharff’s life, and I should like to thank Mr. Praeger on behalf of the Society. Another death much to be deplored is that of William James Wintle, a member of our Society, which occurred suddenly on 26th July last. He was an author and journalist by profession, and had been for many years on the editorial staff of the Amalgamated Press. News has just been received of another very serious loss—that of our most recently appointed Honorary Member, Dr. Alfred Hands Cooke, on 28th November. Dr. Cooke is perhaps best known as the author of the Molluscs in the Cambridge Natural History series. He has been Vicar of Mapledurham since 1920, and from 1900 to 1920 was headmaster of Aldenham School. He only survived his wife three weeks. In his report on the work of the Government Laboratory for the year ended 31st March, 1934 (H.M. Stationery Office, London, 1934, od. net), the Government Chemist, Sir R. Robertson, refers to a curious incrustation on the surface of stored marine shells, which was found to consist of calcium acetate associated with traces of common salt, and appeared on marine shells but not on land shells nor on marine shells covered with a layer of vaseline. ‘The shells had been stored in drawers of oak wood, which is known to evolve traces of acetic acid continuously, and the effect could be traced to the localized action of acetic acid attracted by the deliquescent residue from sea-water salts on the shells. The South African Fisheries and Marine Biological Survey Report, No. 10 (1932-3), Ppp. 20, 21, mentions the occurrence of a species of Pleurotomaria which has provisionally been assigned to P. quoyana F. & B. Two specimens have been trawled in about 200 fathoms, and have been presented to the Durban and to the Cape Town Museums. The larger specimen is described as being 118 mm. in altitude by 115 mm. in breadth of base ; the smaller as 65 X go. ‘These figures seem to represent shells of remarkably different proportions if they belong to the same species. EDITORIAL NOTES. 93 The South Australian Naturalist, vol. xv, p. 113, September, 1934, publishes an account of a Black Duck, Anas superciliosa, which was shot with a live specimen of Hyridella australis attached to one foot. The mussel was adhering so firmly that the toe-bone of the bird was actually crushed by the pressure of the valves. A photograph of the foot with shell attached is given natural size. The Hyridella weighed 24 ounces. The Marine Recorder asks me to publish the following communication with reference to the Marine Census. It calls attention to an important modification of method, in that members are no longer invited to submit their actual specimens unless the Recorder asks to see them. “The question of the best methods of collecting information as to the distribution of the marine species of Great Britain and Ireland was con- sidered by the Council on 13th October. It was decided that if members would send lists of species to the Recorder it would not generally be necessary to forward specimens as well. Should the Recorder think it necessary to inspect any particular species, these could be sent to him at his request. It was decided that a serious effort should be made this year to expedite this important work. Members and others are asked to help in this matter in the following ways :— (1) By sending particulars of species in their own collections. (2) By collecting and observation in any particular areas to which they have, or have had, access. It is felt that rapid progress could be made by these methods. The value of the work would be greatly increased if helpers would include ecological information, such as associated animals and plants, geological formation of the habitat, exact dates, nature of the water, etc. During the last two years a few zoologists and collectors have sent a limited quantity of information of this kind. Dr. L. B. Langmead sent such information on Hydrobia ulvze (Pennant) and Miss Nora Fisher on Patina pellucida (Linné). Most of the lists sent in the past have been lists, pure and simple. It is not generally recognized that information about all species, rare or common, is wanted. The Council and the Recorder will be grateful for any help in this matter ”’. ALAN P. GARDINER, Marine Recorder, Kiln Coppice, Bradfield College, Berks. By an unfortunate oversight in our last number the millimetre scale photographed with the shell on Plate 1 was cut off in preparing the block, and the new species, Lucina odontotis (see p. 58), appeared without dimensions. They are as follows: Dorsal margin to beaks, 27 mm. ; anterior to posterior margin (maximum distance), 27-5 mm.; thickness (two valves), 16 mm. o4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN & IRELAND. 615th Meeting, held at the Manchester Museum, toth February, 1934. Me Gc Spence in the chair. Exhibits. By Mrs. Morehouse: Large series of Cyprxa, including C. gillei Jouss., from Fiji; C. vaticina Iredale, Port Jackson; C. scurra Gmelin, Queens- land; C. errones, L., Indian Ocean; C. sophize Braz., New Georgia, Solomon Is.; C. compton Gray, S. Australia; C’. notata Gill, Broome, W. Australia; C. giczac L., Queensland ; C. xanthodon Gray, Queens- land; C. nashit Iredale, Port Jackson; C. thersites Gask., S. Australia ; C. decipiens Sm., Broome; C. aurantitum Mart., and C. testudinaria L., N. Hebrides ; also Xenophora corrugata Rve., Hen and Chicken Islands, New Zealand, 25-30 fathoms (one with shells attached and another with a “sponge). By Mr. C.H. Moore: Mitra, Ancillaria, and Marginella ; also British Land Shells (from the J. W. Taylor collection). By Mr. G. C. Spence: Group of Bilharzia-carrying snails from Africa. 616th Meeting, held at the Manchester Museum, t1oth March, 1934. Mr. G. C. Spence in the chair. Candidate Proposed for Membership. Tinsley Owen Tippett, Roche Road, Stenalees, St. Austell, Cornwall (introduced by C. P. Richards and J. E. Cooper). Papers Read. ‘“A reputed smooth-shelled variety of Helix aspersa Miill.,”’ by C; Oldham, F.L.S. ‘© Mactra stultorum (L.) in association with Pinnotheres pisum Penn.,” by J. G. Dalgliesh. . Exhibits. By Mrs. Morehouse: Placostylus scarabus Albers, and porphyrostomus Pfr.; dissection of Anodonta cygnea L., with pearls, from Roundhay Park, Leeds. . By Mr. A. K. Lawson: Japanese toys (birds) made of shells. By Mr. G. C. Spence: Species of Blanfordia—hosts of Bilharzia. By Mr. C. H. Moore: Series of Oliva. 617th Meeting, joint with the Yorkshire Conchological Society, held at the Manchester Museum, 7th April, 1934. Mr. G. C. Spence in the chair. Seventeen persons present. Election of New Member. Tinsley Owen Tippett. Candidate Proposed for Membership. Philip Vlasto, Budgemore, Henley-on-Thames (introduced by N. B. Davis and C. Oldham). PROCEEDINGS. 95 Exhibits. By Miss Nora Fisher: Marrat’s type-specimens of Gladius (= Tibia) martint M.; Murex imbricatus Higgins and Marrat; Sconsia barbudensis H. & M.; Lima zelandica, M. (by courtesy of the Liverpool Museum authorities). By Mr. C. H. Moore: Special groups from the J. W. Taylor collection. By Mr. K. Howell : Limnza pereger with yellow bodies, from Saw Wood, Thorner ; Limax cinereoniger from Saw Wood, L. maximus from Saw Wood, and Milax gracilis from garden near railway embankment at Horsforth. By Mr. G. C. Spence: Smaller species of Achatina. By Mr. A. K. Lawson: Littorina rudis M. & R., from Loop Head, Co. Clare, and from Walton-on-Naze; L. obtusata var. zestuari Jeff. from Woodbridge (ex coll. J. C. Dacie). By Mrs. Morehouse: Series of Cerithtum and Epitonium. By Mr. F. Taylor: British Non-Marine shells of special interest from many localities. By Messrs. Emmett and Goodson: Colour varieties of Helix nemoralis from Basford, near Leek ; Planorbis vortex from Barlaston, near Stoke-on- Trent ; Limnza palustris from Coalpit Ford, near Leek (sets collected. in 1914 and 1931 showing marked deterioration in seventeen years) ; H.. virgata from Bryn Euryn, N. Wales (Sept., 1932); and H. aspersa from Portslade and Arley Kings, Worcs. 618th Meeting, held at the Manchester Museum, 12th May, 1934. Mr. G. C. Spence in the chair. | Election of New Member. Philip Vlasto. Member Deceased. Rev. S. Spencer Pearce. Resignation. W. J. Eyerdam. Papers Read. ‘The Fauna of Birdlip Woods,” by Rev. L. W. Grensted. ‘“* Tsidorella pyramidata (Sow.)—A Correction,” by Dr. H. E. Quick. Exhibits. By Mr. C. H. Moore: Nassarius, Nerita, and Cerithium; also ‘“'The Young Collector’s Handbook of Shells,’? by Woodward, price 1d. (no date). By Mrs. Gill: Cameo of “‘ two griffins drawing a chariot carrying woman playing lyre’’, Pompeii, cut on Cassis cornuta. 619th Meeting, held at the Manchester Museum, 8th September, 1934. Mr. C. H. Moore in the chair. Candidates Proposed for Membership. John G. McWilliams, 121 Cave Hill Road, Belfast (introduced by R. J. Welch and Ronald McDonald). | F. Paolo Agate, Via Alessio Narbone 8, Palermo, Italy (introduced by J. W. Jackson and R. Winckworth). Albert Henry Smith, 56 Lawson Street, Kettering, Northants (introduced by J. Newton and R. H. Lowe). 96 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 3, DECEMBER, 1934. Member Deceased. Ww. J. Wintle. Papers Read. “A new Hyridella (Mutelidz) from Australia,’ by W. J. Clench. “Slug and Beetle,” by C. H. Moore. ‘* A Note on the Preference of Patina pellucida (L.) for Laminaria digitata,’ by Miss N. Fisher. Exhibits. By Mr. C. H. Moore: H. lapicida, H. nemoralis, and H. arbustorum, from Dovedale. By Mr. F. Taylor: Large Anodonta cygnea from Fowl-mere, near Thetford, Norfolk ; Non-Marine shells from Bolton-le-Sands, including Vertigo antivertigo, Pupilla muscorum, JFaminia cylindracea, and Clausilia bidentata. Also varieties of Arion ater from Woodfield Nursing Home, Werneth, Oldham, Lancs. 620th (Annual) Meeting, held in the rooms of The Royal Society, Burlington House, London, W.1, 13th October, 1934. The President, Mr. A. P. Gardiner, in the chair. ‘Twenty-eight other members present. Election of Scrutineers. Miss N. Fisher and Mr. H. Worsfold were elected Scrutineers. Election of Auditors. Messrs. C. H. Moore and F, Taylor were elected Auditors. Election of New Members. J. G. McWilliams, F. Paolo Agate, A. H. Smith. Member Deceased. Der, REF; Schack. Presidential Address. The President delivered an address on “ The Littoral Zone,” and a cordial vote of thanks was passed unanimously. Votes of thanks were also accorded to the authorities of the Royal Society and the Manchester Museum for the use of rooms for meetings. Election of Officers and Council. The Officers and Council nominated for 1934-5 were unanimously elected. The list is the same as last year with the following exceptions :— President, J. Davy Dean; Vice-Presidents, add A. P. Gardiner ; Council, Mrs. Morehouse and Miss Fisher instead of J. D. Dean and Rev. G. H. Carpenter. ! : THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD | . Established 186r. Sale. Purchase. — Exchange. Collections and Specimens Named and Arranged. GLASS-TOPPED BOXES (Rectangular and Circular), Card Trays, Blue Wool, Second-hand Cabinets. Catalogues : Suitable for use as Check-Lists. ADDRESS : LH. C. FULTON (late Sawer & Sule, : aT -SHAFTESBURY ROAD, A eee PARK, LONDON, W.6. Malacological Society of Loddon : Hon. Sec.: A. T. Hopwoop, D.Sc., Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist., Cromwell | Road, 's .W.7. ) a Subscription : : Ordinary Members £1 Is. per annum or £10 tos. for life; 2 : Corresponding Members (resident without the British Islands) ee 15s. per annum or £7 7s. for life. Entrance Fee for all, £1 1s. Meetings are held in the apartments of the LINNEAN SOCIETY, BURLINGTON HousE, W. 1, on the Second ey in each month from Oenher to June. < Proceedings: Three numbers a year are free to all Members. _ *,* Back Numbers may be obtained on application to the Hon. Sec. Members receive a : discount of 20%. | Prices of Back Volumes of THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY Vols. I, IV-VII, XIV Out of Print. Vols. I, I, VINI-XIM, XV at 15/- each Vols. XVI, XVII, XIX at 25/- each. Vol. XVII at 30/-. Less 333% to Members and the Trade. Spare parts (where available) Vols. I-XV at 1/3 each; Vols. XVI-XIX at s 2/6each. Less 334% to Members and the Trade. _ To be had from Durav & Co., Ltd., 2 STAFFORD St., OLD Bonp St., LONDON, W.1, and at the Headquarters of the Society. ‘THE "MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY. A Systematic, Fully Illustrated Monography of Recent Mollusks. Founded by GEORGE W.. TRYON, Jr, in - 1878, continued by ‘HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca in the Academy of Natural a Sciences of oe . a, ee The Manual is published i in Parts, of which four constitute a volume. Subscriptions may begin or terminate with any volume. A listof _ the published volumes and their contents will be sent on request. | Plain Edition.—Per part (four parts in a volume). = 4 = $3.75 4 Coloured Edition.—The pugs Seiad coloured nee hand, per part . : - $5.00- _ Fine Edition.—Heavy paper, oes in duplicate, c coloured and - India tinted, per part : a . $8.00 © First. Series , sCephalonnds, ‘Marine Geeteopodss and Scaphopods. Seventeen Volumes (complete). Second Series —Land Mollusks. Twenty-seven volumes completed. two or three still to be issued. Completed volumes include the — : ~ Agnatha, the families Helicide, Bulimulide, Achatinide, Uro- _coptide and many others. The later volumes deal with the — _ Achatinellide, Tornatellinide and their allies (in collaboration — with C. Montague Cooke), and the Pupillide. These groups have ~~ never before been adequately treated; their beauty, extent, and intricacy will be a surprise to conchologists #0 have not given e them special attention. Iti is believed that students of the Mollusca will Gad material of value to a them in these volumes, whether they are interested in ae of — the world, or in those of a local fauna. In the later volumes the fossil forms also, of the genera dealt with, are classified and listed. Inquiries and subscriptions may be addressed to :— THE ACES OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 19th AND THE PARKWAY, | PHILADELPHIA, PENNA., U. S.A. x Vor. 20) — - 2ND APRIL, 1 935. a [No. : THE _ JOURNAL OR CONCHOLOGY FOUNDED 1874. BEING THE ORGAN OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Hon. Secretary: Hon. Treasurer : Hon. Editor: J.R.leB. TOMLIN, M.A., | J. W. JACKSON, D.Sc., | C. OLDHAM, F.L.S., 23 Boscobel Road, The Museum, | The Bollin, St. Leonards-on-Sea. | The University, Shrublands Road, | Manchester. | Berkhamsted. CONTENTS. : | u _ PAGE List of Officers and Council : : : Sete ae eel y Changes of Address . . es 5 22 98 Editorial Notes . ©... oe : oe O68 Ernest William Bowell (1872-1935)—A. E. Boycorr R . IOL The Cephalopods of the Yorkshire Coast (Plates 3-7) — J. A. STEVENSON. -. ‘ ; Pee, : ; 192 Locally Extinct Marine Mollusca at Portstewart—Miss N. FISHER 117 Self-fertilization—-CHARLES ALLEN : o ¥20 i _. Accounts : : . 127 a _Lonpon : DuLau & Co., LTp., 2 STAFFORD ST., OLD Bonn ST., W.1. | Sold also at the Headquarters of the Society, THE MANCHESTER MUSEUM, THE UNIVERSITY, MANCHESTER. mecwrn wee PRINTED BY STEPHEN AusTIN & Sons, Ltp., HERTFORD. “NORTH WESTERN. NATURALIST A Scientific and Educational Journal (Published Quarterly) especially for Cheshire, : Cumberland, Derbyshire, Isle of Man, Lancashire, North Wales, Shropshire, Staffordshire and Westmorland. : Edited by A. A. DALLMAN, F.C.S. in collaboration with H. Britten, F.R.E.S., G. H. Carpenter, D.Sc., R. H. Sprsiotphine: B.Sc., J. Jackson, D.Sc., F.G. s., C. L. Walton, M.Sc., Ph. D., F. E. Weiss, D.Sc., F.R. A. Wilson, F.L.S., B, R. Met. S. Communications to: Editorial—A. A. Dallman, F.C.S., 17 Mount Road, Hr. Tranmere, Birkenhead. Business—T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath. Annual Subscription 7/6. _ Single Copies 2 net. Printed by T. Buncle & Co., Arbroath, Scotland. Ww. Ss. °3 ‘MEMBERS? - COLUMN. NEAR EASTERN MOLLUSCA WANTED Literature on Mollusca of Near East, esiecelle : Caucasus and Persia. Offered in exchange: Mollusca from > Persia. Rev. H. E. J. BIGGS, c/o C.M.S., KERMAN, PERSIA. THE BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA By R. WINCKWORTH, M.A. COPIES may be had at od. each, post free, from Messrs. Dutau & Co. i _Ltp., 2 Stafford St., Old Bond St., London, W.1, or from the Head- quarters of the Society. : ADVERTISEMENTS Will be inserted at the following rates :— | Whole Page .. .. 20/- Quarter Page .. Ie Half Page % 12/6 Six Lines or Under .. 3/6 One-third Page -. 8/- Every Additional Line 6d. THE OF JOURNAL CONCHOLOGY. VOL. 20. 2nd APRIL, 1935. No. 4. LIST OF OFFICERS AND COUNCIL FOR 1934-5. PRESIDENT : J. DAVY DEAN, F.R.E.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS : G. C. SPENCE Elected BR LUCAS Pigg, (ree L. E. ADAMS, B.A. H. H. BLOOMER, F.L:S. Prom, A. E. BOYCOTT, M.A., DL, FR. ae oe ’ COLLINGE, Dec, for: Ww And.), M.Sc. (Birm.), F.L.S., PRES. ajor M. CONNOLLY. . E. COOPER. . CROWTHER, M.Sc., F.R.M.S., way HON. TREASURER : S). ClidstiAa. F14.9.y, 1-269. HON. EDITOR : J.R.LE B. TOMLIN, M.A., F.R.E.S. A. P. GARDINER, B.Sc. J. WILFRID JACKSON, D.Sc., F.G.5. A. S. KENNARD, A.L.S., F.G.S. E. W. SWANTON, A.L.S. E. R. SYKES, BA., F.LS. J.R. Le B. TOMLIN, M.A., Pan. HUGH WATSON, M.A. R. J. WELCH, M.Sc., M.R.I.A. R. WINCKWORTH, M.A., FR.GS, HON. SECRETARY : J. WILFRID JACKSON. DSc. ia. HON. LIBRARIAN AND CURATOR : C. H. MOORE. HON. RECORDERS : Non-MarINE Mo.tuusca: Pror. A. E. BOYCOTT, M.A., D.M., F.R.S. MARINE MOLLUSGA : A. P. GARDINER, B.Sc. COUNCIL : A. W. STELFOX, M.R.I.A. HH. COATES, F.R.S:E. A. K. LAWSON, F.R. Met. Soc. W. H. DAVIES. Mrs. Miss N. FISHER. E. M. MOREHOUSE. YORKSHIRE BRANCH. President : CHARLES ALLEN. Hon. Secretary: J. R. Diss. President : Hon. Secretary : Guy L. WILKINS. LONDON BRANCH. A. S. Kennarp, A.L.S. NORTH STAFFORDSHIRE BRANCH. President : Hon. Secretary : B. BRYAN. 98 LIST OF MEMBERS. . Changes of Address, etc. Archer, Allan F., University Museums, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A. Collinge, Walter DSc: Misc... F184. 8.3.4... The Yorkshire Museum, York. Dibb, J. R., F.R-E.S.,; 1 Moorland Grove, Leeds, ‘7. Falcon, W., M.A. (Cantab.), Clausthal, Umkomaas, Natal. Fox, Sir Cyril, Ph.D., F.S.A., National Museum of Wales, Cardiff. Lawson, A. K., F.R.Met.S., Kenara, Rydal Drive, Hale Barns, Cheshire. Lohmander, Hans, Naturhistoriska Museet, Goteborg, Sweden. Paton, Mrs. B. J., Swan’s Lodge, Holt, Norfolk. Rehder, H. A., Smithsonian Institution, U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. EDITORIAL NOTES. IN 1934 this Journal completed its sixtieth year of issue, pp. 1-48 of vol. i having been published in 1874. Once again we have to record serious losses to the Society by death. Dr. E. W. Bowell, who was President in 1931-2, died last month. We hope to publish some short account of his life in this number. Mrs. G. B. Longstaff, nee Donald, died at Bath on 17th January, aged 79. She was a very good all-round naturalist in her earlier days and took particular interest in Botany and in the Mollusca. More recently she made a name for herself in Paleontology and her papers on Loxonematidze, a family of Paleozoic Gastropods, are well known to geologists. In the last line on p. 25 of the current volume of the Journal for “‘ Park Lane ”’ read “ Park Cave ’’. The Rev. E. P. Blackburn has just published an admirable “ Survey of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Northumberland and Durham ” (Tr. Northern Nat. Union, vol. i, pt. 3, pp. 139-186, Nov., 1934). To our mind these works which gather up the information of previous years in a summary and at the same time a comprehensive form are amongst the most valuable papers that appear. The volume of literature on our subject, already vast enough, is being added to at an amazing rate ; the “ Mollusca ” portion of the Zoological Record in the last few years in its annual list of titles has never been below goo and has twice exceeded 1,000. The Survey starts with a concise account of the subdivision of the counties, illustrated by two maps which are conveniently inserted in the text and are thus more handy for reference. ‘The great changes, due to drainage of marshes and felling of woodlands, are indicated, and reference is made to Holocene Mollusca. We shall look forward to the detailed excursus on Clausilia cravenensis Taylor, which is promised in a future number. EDITORIAL NOTES. 99 We should like to call attention to the excellent work now being carried out by Mr. C. H. Moore on the J. W. Taylor collection. During 1934 he labelled and mounted 550 series of shells, and catalogued a large number of the freshwater shells. In the library Mr. Moore has card-indexed and catalogued 380 books and pamphlets, as well as bringing the general library completely up to date. He intends to prepare a catalogue in book form of all donations to the Society. On p. 92 of our last number a short report is quoted on the well-known shell disease. Thanks to the President, I am now able to give in full a paper by J. R. Nicholls of the Government Laboratory, W.C. 2, on ‘‘ Deterioration of Shells when Stored in Oak Cabinets”, which appeared in Chemistry and Industry, vol. 53, no. 51, pp. 1087-8, 21.xii.34 :— ‘“‘'There have been numerous cases recorded of the corrosion of lead and other metals when in contact with oak. Brame (¥. Soc. Chem. Ind., 1918, 37, 39) has shown that lead roofing is attacked where it touches oak beams and Southernden (ibid., 1918, 37, 85) records that lead laid on deal remained sound for eighty-five years, whereas that on oak was incrusted in eight years, 7 |b. of lead per square yard being corroded. Dr. Alexander Scott has reported that at the British Museum lead medallions contained in oak museum cases became badly corroded, even though the lead and oak were not in contact, the specimens resting on cardboard slips. He has said (‘ The Cleaning and Restoration of Museum Exhibits,’ Bulletin No. 5, D.S.IL.R., 1921): ‘ It is more or less generally recognized that it is unwise to store medals and other small objects of lead in cabinets of oak, but cabinets of mahogany and various other woods are quite safe.’ “The origin of such corrosion is the fact that oak (and certain other hard woods, e.g. teak) continually evolves traces of acetic acid, even when the wood is thoroughly seasoned. Watson (Chemical Essays, 1787, 3, 366), commenting on the corrosion of roofing lead, says: ‘.. . oak contains a much stronger acid than deal, and this stronger acid being distilled, as it were, by the heat of the sun in summer, attaches itself to the lead and -corrodes it.’ With free access of air the acid vapours are quickly dissipated ; but where they are not removed the concentration may soon become sufficient for the acid to attack metals. Water has been shown to be necessary for the action, which increases as time goes on. ‘“‘ There does not appear to be any recorded instance of substances other than metals being attacked through association with oak, but such a case has recently been investigated. ‘* 'The Natural History Museum at South Kensington found that a number of shells which had been stored for long periods had developed a white incrustation, considerably affecting the appearance of the specimens. On a number of occasions this form of deterioration has cropped up and troubled collectors, although it does not appear ever to have become widespread. Suggestions have been made that the attack is due to bacteria but no evidence in support of this has been adduced. “<The Museum authorities requested the Government Chemist to examine the shells, to investigate the cause of the deterioration, and, if possible, to suggest a remedy. ‘“‘ The shells examined had been attacked to very varying extents. Some were completely covered by the white deposit, whilst others had only small patches visible. In one instance two shells of the same type, which had been mounted on one card, were noticeably different; one was practically unaffected whilst the other had been attacked over almost the whole of its surface. ‘<The incrustation could not be brushed from the shells but was easily scraped off. It was soluble in water and the surface of the shell, when washed, was seen to have been attacked over the whole area covered by the deposit. From one shell three-quarters of a gram of incrustation was extracted by solution in water. Examination of the extracted matter showed that it 100 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. consisted almost wholly of calcium acetate but also contained traces of salt. The acetparatoluide prepared from the incrustation was found to melt sharply at 148° C., pure acetparatoluide melting at the same temperature. ‘“* Microscopical examination of scrapings from the shells showed no mould growth and bacteriological cultures showed no bacteria associated with the deposit. ‘It appeared, therefore, that the shells had been in contact with acetic acid which had attacked the carbonate layer of the shell over definite areas, and the resulting calcium acetate showed as a white incrustation. ‘“ As a result of inspection of similar deteriorated shells in their normal storage positions at the Museum and of inquiries made there, the following facts were elicited :— ‘“‘ (1) The deteriorated shells were amongst those stored for long periods in drawers of which the sides, backs, and bottoms were made of oak. ‘* (2) The shells were not treated in any way before mounting on cards, except that dirty shells were washed. ‘“*(3) The shells were not lacquered or varnished after mounting. ‘ (4) The incrustation appeared on marine shells and not on land shells. ‘“* (5) A certain number of shells had been smeared with vaseline and none of these was attacked. ‘“* (6) The atmosphere of the museum is normally dry. ‘“ All the above facts were consistent with the shells having been attacked by the acetic acid emitted from the oak linings of the drawers, but did not explain why some shells were heavily, some lightly, and some not at all attacked. ‘The clue to these differences was found in the traces of salt associated with the incrustation. Washings from shells which showed no sign of attack contained no chlorides whereas washings from incrusted shells gave reactions for chlorides varying with, and roughly proportional to, the area attacked. ‘'The mechanism of the deterioration therefore appears to be as follows : The oak wood of the drawers continually emits traces of acetic acid and these vapours can only escape with difficulty from the closely fitting drawers. Marine shells retain sea-water which, on evaporation, leaves a small residue of salts ; according to the amount of sea-water and to the porosity of the shells, this residue may be spread over the shell or be located at the place to which the sea-water drains. This residue, being hygroscopic, is in a condition to absorb the acetic acid vapours, which would react with the calcium carbonate of the shell forming the incrustation. Where dirty shells had been washed the salt would be removed and the normal surface of the shell, not being itself hygroscopic, would not absorb the acetic acid and would not be attacked. ‘< The prevention of such deterioration would appear to be simple. Either oak cabinets should not be used or all shells before being mounted should be washed and dried. Added precautions when oak cabinets are used would be the periodical aeration of the drawers by opening them, and the smearing of the shells with vaseline, if this does not affect their appearance. ‘* Mention may be made of a further possible source of acid contamination, viz. cotton wool. All cellulose fibres are liable to attack by bacteria, with consequent production of traces of volatile acids if the humidity of the atmosphere reaches a sufficient degree of saturation to cause the fibre to absorb more than a limiting amount of water. In general, the atmosphere of museums would probably be sufficiently dry for this action to be insignificant ; but the possibility should be borne in mind when storing rare or delicate specimens. Even if washed they should not be placed in direct contact with cotton wool; they may be mounted on soft wood or Bristol board and may, as a further precaution, be lightly smeared with vaseline.” IOI ERNEST WILLIAM BOWELL (1872-1935). By A. E. Boycott. E. W. BOWELL was a naturalist from boyhood, and his long and devoted services to Conchology were recognized by his election as President of this Society in 1931: He was the fourth son of the Rev. W. Bowell, of Hereford and Sissinghurst, and was educated at Hereford Cathedral School and Wadham College, Oxford. He afterwards went in for teaching, took Orders in 1900, and was successively a school master at Neston and Leatherhead, and curate of Penshurst. He then left the Church and took to medicine, qualifying from Guy’s Hospital in 1917, after which he served in the R.A.M.C. in the East, and when the War was over did medical laboratory work at his hospital and with the Clinical Research Association. His eyesight began to fail in 1930, and his general health became very unsatisfactory soon afterwards; he died on 19th February, 1935, after a long illness. Bowell was constitutionally a student and a scholar, and a most agreeable and kindly man. He was, especially in his young days, a good field worker, though he was more interested in the anatomy and microscopy of the mollusca than in their biology. He made a particular specialty of their radula and spent a great deal of time in working out methods of staining, mounting, and photo- graphing them. In 1908-9 he published a useful description of the radulae of the British helicids (Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. viii, Pp. 125, 205, 379), and it is a pity that he never felt ready to carry out his plan to write a complete account of all the British species, for he certainly knew more about them than anyone else, and acted as a general referee on the subject for anyone who cared to supply him with material. In some of his other anatomical work he was less successful, and fell into error about the structure of Vitrina pyrenaica and Limnzxa pretenuis. In our young days we collaborated in an account of the mollusca of Herefordshire (1899), and among a variety of notes and short papers his discovery and description of the form og of Cochlicopa lubrica (Proc. Malac. Soc., 1917, vol. xii, p. 312)” is perhaps worth special notice. His writings are, however, no measure of his good influence, which was exercised more in his talk and letters and in his implacable conviction that natural history was a respectable occupation for any man. 102 THE CEPHALOPODS OF THE YORKSHIRE COAST. By J. A. STEVENSON. (Read before the Society, 9th February, 1935.) [PLATES 3-7.] INTRODUCTION. CONSIDERABLE interest has been aroused in recent years throughout England by the occurrences from time to time along the coast of Yorkshire of several large and rare forms of cephalopods, particularly giant squids. ‘These occurrences, however, have not _been confined solely to the larger types, many of the smaller forms having been obtained during the same period. In view of the fact that hitherto no comprehensive study has been made of the cephalopods of the particular region under consideration, it is the purpose of this report to bring in up-to-date and published form the available material and records before the interested public. It is intended that this report will provide a useful basis for further investigation in this field. Most of the records are of recent origin. ‘The chief sources have been the Marine Biological record-book of the Scarborough Field-Naturalists’ Society, the Victoria History of Yorkshire, and the records that have periodically appeared in The Naturalist (Hull). A very large number of the records was made by Mr. W. J. Clarke, F.Z.S., of Scarborough, who has most diligently and enthusiastically obtained information over a period of many years, and has very kindly placed it entirely at my disposal. Also, specimens have frequently come to the writer’s hand, in which cases attempts have always been made, with varying success, to obtain all information possible concerning their capture. In cases where specimens occurred whose identity was doubtful, such specimens, whenever possible, were sent to the British Museum (Natural History), where Mr. G. C. Robson gave great assistance by providing exact identifications. In order that this report may contain the elements of a guide, a brief description is given of many of the species found in this area, and should be sufficient to identify positively the more common forms. In the case of the rarer and more unusual species, particularly the sepiolids, the members of the Ommastrephidae, and the giant squids (Architeuthis), the author would suggest that these be sent as soon as possible after capture to the Department of Mollusca, British Museum (Natural History), for identification. The accurate identification of many species of cephalopods is by no means a simple task ; but if a copy is available, reference may STEVENSON : THE CEPHALOPODS OF THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 103 be made to Hoyle’s article, ‘‘ British Cephalopoda; their nomen- clature and identification,” Fourn. Conch., vol. 10, p. 197 (1902), which contains a key for the identification of the British species. Cephalopods are actively swimming, predaceous molluscs characterized by the possession of eight or ten sucker-clad arms, highly developed eyes, a horny, parrot-like ‘‘ beak’, and a “funnel’’. By expelling water from the mantle cavity through this funnel with some force, they are able to shoot at a great speed through the water. Both demersal and pelagic forms of cephalopods are found off the Yorkshire coast. ‘They are to be found in all types of habitats, ranging from low-tide mark to the deep sea: hence collecting involves many different methods. The shrimpers on the sandy beaches at Filey and Scarborough generally obtain numbers of Sepiola ; the trawlers in shallow water catch other species, and those trawlers which visit the off-shore banks bring up still other forms, such as Ommastrephes sagittatus, characteristic of deeper water. Other species have been found cast up on the shore after frosts and heavy easterly gales. RECORDS AND OBSERVATIONS. Order DIBRANCHIA. Sub-order DECAPODA. Family SEPIIDAE. (1) SEPIA OFFICINALIS (Linnaeus, 1758). PL. 7, Fic. 1. Description.—This species is unmistakable both in general shape and the pattern of the colours on its body. The head and body are broad and somewhat flattened, the sessile arms comparatively short. ‘The fins in this animal take the form of a narrow fringe extending on either side of the body from the posterior end approxi- mately to the anterior edge of the mantle, and of nearly constant width throughout its length. ‘This characteristic is unique among Yorkshire cephalopods, and serves to identify the species at a glance. ‘I'he colour-pattern is remarkable, consisting of a series of dark chocolate bands extending from the sides towards the centre of the dorsal surface. The intervening spaces between these bands are whitish. ‘The head and arms are uniformly chocolate. Size.—About 1 foot to 1 ft. 6 in. from posterior end to tips of sessile arms. Occurrence in Yorkshire Waters.—Rare. Formerly, it appears to have been more abundant, because Mr. W. J. Clarke informs me that about twenty years ago it was occasionally to be seen upon the Scarborough fish-market. More recently he obtained a 104 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. specimen, trawled 40 miles N.E. of Scarborough, on 1st February, 1932. Shells of this animal are very frequently to be found lying. upon the sands of some of our bays, particularly during the winter- time, when some of the more violent easterly gales deposit them in large numbers, and in more or less broken condition, upon the shore. Such was the case during the early spring of 1928, when the South Sands at Scarborough were strewn with them (Naturalist, rst April, 1928, p. 115). Family SEPIOLIDAE. (2) SEPIOLA ATLANTICA (Orbigny, 1839). Description.—Body nearly spherical, the anterior edge of the mantle attached to the head on the dorsal surface. In this it may at once be distinguished from Rossza, the only other Yorkshire genus with which it might be confused, since the anterior edge of the mantle in the latter species is free at this point. Fins large, rounded, and extending laterally from the middle of the body, which in some specimens they nearly equal in diameter. The colour changes of this little cephalopod are very interesting to watch. There is no ground colour, save a slight greenish tinge in the translucent flesh. The chromatophores are relatively large, particularly on the ventral surface. ‘The usual colour is chestnut brown, with a shade of opalescent green over each eye; but the animal is able at a moment’s notice to become a pallid white. When the bowl in which the animal is living is put in sunlight, the Sepiola becomes dark brown, which changes to white when the bowl is moved to a shaded place. Size.—Rarely over an inch in total length (excluding the retractile tentacles) in this area. Occurrence in Yorkshire Waters—Very abundant just below low-tide mark on our sandy beaches, particularly at Filey, where sometimes in the summer it is caught in the shrimp-nets in large numbers. It occurs in deep water, too, because the writer has occasionally seen it entangled in the nets of the steam-trawlers that work from 7 to 40 miles off the coast. Habits.—This is a form characteristic of sandy bottoms. It occurs during the summer time close inshore, but in winter appears to retreat to deep water, where the force of the gales cannot reach it. Hence it is during the summer that this species comes to our notice most frequently, when the shrimpers catch it, sometimes in quite large numbers (10-20 per drag or push), in their push-nets and shrimp-trawls. The following observations were taken from a specimen kept STEVENSON : THE CEPHALOPODS OF THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 105 alive in a small glass bowl of sea-water with sand on the bottom during the summer of 1928. At rest, the animal (which is about three-quarters of an inch long) is nearly buried in sand, with just its eyes and the anterior end of its body showing. ‘The arms are turned downwards and folded backwards along the lower part of the sides of the head. The motions of water-circulation are hardly perceptible when Sepzola is at rest, but when it is swimming they are very vigorous. It is interesting to watch Sepiola bury itself in sand. It alights, arms downwards, on the sand; and, before the body has come to rest, it blows out a slight depression with its funnel. This done, by directing the funnel backwards it drives the sand from under it, heaping the latter about it. ‘This sand which is blown out is mixed with enormous quantities of a mucous sub- stance, which helps considerably to distribute the sand over the animal. In about two minutes the mucus seems to disappear, and the animal is now covered evenly and smoothly, except for its eyes and the anterior portion of its body, with a fine layer of sand. This is only shaken off when the Sepiola begins to swim again, which it does periodically for a short while. | When Sepiola is swimming, the large fins are incessantly undulating. They have a screw-like motion, and by means of them the animal is able to travel surprisingly fast through the water. As in the squid (Loligo), they serve to elevate the posterior end of the animal, the arms being held in such a position as to act as vanes for elevating the anterior end. The funnel is very long, and can be directed forwards or backwards according to the direction in which the animal wishes to swim. Sepiola is able to go quite as fast forwards by directing the funnel backwards as backwards by directing it forwards, motion, of course, being effected by the forceful expulsion of the water contained in the mantle cavity. (3) SEPIOLA PFEFFERI Grimpe, 1921. This species has been recorded off Flamborough Head (Lat. 53. 35. N., Long. 0° 32’ E.) by Grimpe, in Cephalopodenfauna der Nordsee, p. 19 (1925). We have not seen this species in the Scar- borough district, and the local record-book contains no mention of it. (4) SEPIETTA OWENIANA (Orbigny, 1839). Though, as with the above species, there is no mention of Sepzetta in the record-book of the Scarborough Field-Naturalists’ Society, it is recorded from both Filey and Scarborough by Hargreaves in the fourn. Conch., Vol. 13, p. 105 (1910), under its synonym, Septola scandica (Steenstrup). 106 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. (5) Rossta MacrosoMa (delle Chiaje, 1829). Fic. 1. Description —This species, which is far rarer along the Yorkshire coast than its relative Sepiola, can be distinguished from the latter chiefly by the fact that the anterior edge of the mantle is free all around the body, the fins are relatively much smaller and quite thick, and the size is considerably greater. The colours of the only two specimens we have seen were purplish-brown and a pallid white. In the purple specimen the chromatophores were some- what small and set close together. Size—The maximum has been set at 10 inches from the posterior end of the mantle to the tips of the retractile tentacles. Specimens of this size, however, are extremely rare, and a specimen of 5 inches must be considered exceptional. : Fic. 1: Rossia macrosoma (delle Chiaje). Occurrence in Yorkshire Waters —We have only three records of its occurrence, all from deep water :— (a) A specimen trawled by the S.T. Expert, 8 miles north of Scarborough (opposite Hayburn Wyke) on the “ hard grounds ”’ (about 25 fathoms). Received on 2nd November, 1927. Identified by Mr. Robson, and deposited in the British Museum. The mantle of this individual was 41 mm. in length. Colour when fresh, purplish-brown. Vide Naturalist, 1st January, 1928, p. 25. (b) A female specimen caught in a Danish plaice seine off * STEVENSON : THE CEPHALOPODS OF THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 107 Whitby and landed at Scarborough (steam drifter Szlver Line). Received 8th May, 1928. Identified by Mr. Robson and deposited in the British Museum collection. Length of mantle, 54 mm. Total length when fresh (tip of mantle to tips of retractile tentacles) 10 inches. ‘This specimen is the largest of this species ever examined by Mr. Robson, and probably represents the maximum size to which this animal grows. Vide Naturalist, 1st August, 1928, p. 238. (c) A specimen taken from the stomach of a codfish caught 12 miles north-east of Scarborough, on 4th March, 1933 (Clarke MS.). None of the fishermen to whom these two specimens were shown had seen the like of them before ; and this coupled with the scarcity of records leads us to believe that this species is rare along the Yorkshire coast. It is, however, a comparatively small, deep- water form; and it is possible that it may be locally abundant and hitherto overlooked. Both (a) and (b) came from sandy bottoms not very far off-shore, so it is possible that some of the in-shore trawlers obtain them more frequently than we are led to believe, sandy bottoms being suitable for trawling. If a sharp look-out were kept for them, it is believed that further specimens would be forthcoming. Family LOLIGINIDAE. (6) LOLIGO FORBESI (Steenstrup, 1856). This species can be distinguished from the other Yorkshire forms by the shape of the fins and their position on the mantle. These extend from the blunt posterior end up to a point about three-quarters of the way towards the anterior edge of the mantle. They are obtuse and rounded: broad, extending outwards on either side of the animal as far as the width of the mantle. Young specimens can be distinguished from Alloteuthis, the only genus here likely to cause confusion, by the absence of a marked attenua- tion of the posterior end of the mantle. In Loligo this is somewhat blunt and rounded; whereas in Alloteuthis, particularly in the male, it is much elongated and tapered to a point. Loligo is capable of a wide range of colour change. ‘The flesh is translucent when alive, and there is a greenish tinge around each eye. ‘The chromatophores are capable of considerable expansion, and in this state render the squid reddish-brown in colour. Contracted, they are so small as to be unnoticeable against the translucent whitish flesh, and the living squid appears beautifully opalescent. It is capable of assuming all the wide range of shades between these two extremes. Specimens of this squid up to two and a half feet in total length 108 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. (excluding the retractile tentacles) are not uncommon off the Yorkshire coast. ‘The average size, however, might be stated at from 8 to 12 inches. This is the real ‘‘ squid’ of the fishermen, and is probably the most abundant cephalopod frequenting the coastal waters of Yorkshire during the summer and autumn. It does not’ appear to be caught close in-shore at any time by the fishermen, but at times large numbers are taken in the nets of trawlers fishing from 7 to 15 miles off-shore. In such cases these squids are used exten- sively for bait by the fishermen. They are considered to be the bait par excellence for cod and ling. Loligo when taken in the trawl is usually too mutilated by contact with sea-urchins, etc., to survive until it reaches the surface, hence the writer has not been afforded opportunity of studying it alive. The evidence goes to show that spawning along the Yorkshire coast takes place during the late summer (August), because we have found at about that time large masses . of the egg-capsules of this species on the Filey sands. One bunch of these capsules, taken in a beam-trawl (of the type used by the fishermen in catching soles) in Filey Bay contained 79 capsules, all of which exceeded 4 inches in length (8th August, 1928). Several bunches, when placed in sea-water, released numbers of young squids almost immediately. Exposure of the capsules to air seemed to accelerate the speed of hatching of the young squids, which swam about vigorously as soon as they had freed themselves from the gelatinous capsules. Loligo, particularly young specimens, forms an important part of the food of the Wolf-fish (Anarhicas lupus L.) during the summer time, since the stomachs of these fish are generally found to contain large numbers of them. (7) ALLOTEUTHIS SUBULATA (Lamarck, 1799). PL. 3. Loligo subulata Lamarck, 1798. This small species can generally be distinguished at a glance by its much attenuated form. In the male, the posterior end of the mantle is tapered to a point about as far behind the posterior ends of the fins as the distance from their anterior ends to the anterior edge of the mantle. The female is only attenuated for a short distance beyond the fins—about half the length of the latter. The fins are rounded and obtuse. Eyes large. Colour in life probably much like that of Loligo. Since all the specimens we have received have been dead, it is not easy to say, but the colours of these specimens have very much resembled those of dead Loligo of about the same size. STEVENSON | THE CEPHALOPODS OF THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 10g Males are generally larger than females, being on the average about 6 inches in total length (excluding the retractile tentacles). This includes the tapered “tail”. Females do not generally exceed 43 inches, rarely 5. Occurrence in Yorkshire Waters.—Alloteuthis subulata is probably the most plentiful cephalopod found off the cost of Yorkshire during the winter and early spring. It is particularly abundant at this time in the deeper off-shore waters (40 fathoms and down), and is occasionally taken in very large numbers in the trawl-nets. The fishermen inform us that these small squids have a habit of clinging to the exterior of their nets, sometimes in such large numbers that the nets appear quite white with them. They never reach the surface alive, we are told; and are generally quite mutilated by then. Hence living specimens have not been available for study. Vide Naturalist, 1st January, 1928, p. 23. That this species forms an important article in the food of such fishes as cod, ling, and wolf-fish is evidenced by the fact that many of the stomachs of these fish, upon being opened, were found to contain the partially digested remains of Alloteuthis, sometimes in large numbers. The shrimpers at Filey have informed us of a small, much attenuated squid of about the size of Alloteuthis that they occasionally catch at low spring tides in their push-nets. We have not been able to procure a specimen, but, as Alloteuthis does occur between tide-marks on our southern coasts, it seems probable that these are referable’ to this species. On this coast, however, Alloteuthis appears to be more of a deep-water species. Family OMMASTREPHIDAE. (8) OMMASTREPHES SAGITTATUS (Lamarck, 1798). PL. 4. Loligo sagittata Lamarck, 1708. Todarodes sagittatus (Lam.) Steenstrup, 1880. Mr. Winckworth has communicated to me the following note upon the nomenclature of the Ommastrephidae :— ‘‘ Ommastrephes—Hoyle and his successors are wrong in using this name for the sagittata group, as L. sagittata Lamarck is not among the original species of Ommastrephes. The type of Ommastrephes is O. bartrami (Lesueur) which is closely allied to Caroli and is a Sthenoteuthis. As the earlier name Ommastrephes should be used instead of Sthenoteuthis, Todarodes can be used for the species sagittatus.”’ The Ommastrephid specimens mentioned in this paper have been recorded in various periodicals (The Naturalist, etc.) hitherto IIo JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. under the older system, viz. Ommastrephes sagittatus, Sthenoteuthts carolt, etc., and it is felt that in order to avoid confusion it would be simpler to adhere to these names, which I have done. This species can be distinguished from all other common York- shire forms by its large size, its brick-red colouration, and by the shape of its pen, which is tapered throughout its length, and broadened at its posterior extremity into the shape of an arrowhead. The angle of the fins is acute. Large specimens of this animal are liable to be confused with small Sthenoteuthts ; hence it is advisable to send such to an expert for proper identification, if possible. Size.-—The smallest specimen we have known from this district was 17 inches in total length; and the largest 45 inches (tip of longest tentacles to posterior end of mantle). A fairly average size is about 24 inches. Like Sthenoteuthis, this squid seems subject to stranding on the shore. It appears to fluctuate very widely in abundance from year to year. It had not been recorded for this area until the summer of 1928, when large numbers appeared suddenly off the coast. Since then, they have occurred in greater or less numbers up to the present time (1933). Ommastrephes appears to be most abundant 30 to 40 miles off-shore, but some specimens have from time to time been found cast-up on the beaches. The following list is, we believe, a complete one to the present time for the recorded instances of these strandings :— (a) 19th March, 1928. Male, Cayton Bay sands. Deposited in the British Museum. (Clarke.) (6) 28th November, 1928. South Bay, Scarborough. 44 inches long. Deposited in British Museum. (Clarke.) (c) 22nd March, 1929. South Bay, Scarborough. 18 inches long. (Clarke, in lit.) (d) 22nd March, 1929. South Bay, Scarborough. 184 inches long. (Clarke, in lit.) | (e) 22nd March, 1929. South Bay Scarborough. 20 inches long. (Clarke, in lit.) (f) 1oth April, 1930. South Bay, Scarborough. 18 inches to tips of sessile arms. Deposited in British Museum. (Clarke, in lit.) | (g) 4th May, 1930. Scarborough. 32 inches long. Deposited in British Museum by Mr. F. D. Taylor, of Scarborough. (h) 19th May, 1931. South Bay, Scarborough. 37 inches long. Deposited in the Scarborough Museum. (Clarke.) (1) and (7) 13th May, 1931. South Bay. “ Both about 3 feet long.” Unidentified, but probably of this species. (Clarke.) STEVENSON : THE CEPHALOPODS OF THE YORKSHIRE COAST. ELE (k) 4th August, 1932. Scarborough. 3 feet in total length. (Clarke.) (7) x1th March, 1933. North Sands, Scarborough. Female, 3 ft. rrin. over all. | Deposited in British Museum. (Clarke, in Naturalist, 1st July, 1933, p. 162.) (m) 31st March, 1933. South Bay, Scarborough. Male, 34 inches over all. Deposited in the Hull Museum. (Clarke, in Naturalist, 1st July, 1933, p. 162.) | In addition to these, there are some records of the capture of Ommastrephes in the trawl-nets :— (n) 2nd April, 1928. 25 miles off Scarborough. 244 inches long. (Stevenson.) (0) 10th October, 1930. 12 miles north of Scarborough. 45 inches _ long. Deposited in British Museum. (Clarke.) (p) During the summer of 1928 many specimens of Ommastrephes sagittatus ‘were trawled on the off-shore grounds and brought into Scarborough. Those seen by the writer measured from 17 to 393 inches in length. (Stevenson, in Naturalist, 1st August, 1928, p. 238.) It is probable that in the many secluded bays along the coast specimens have from time to time been stranded and have escaped our notice. This squid is apparently quite abundant at times off the Yorkshire coast, though we believe 1928 to have been a year of exceptional abundance. Local names: ‘“ Red squid,” “ Cuttlefish.” The latter name is in contrast to “squid”, which most of the fishermen apply only to Logo. ‘They say that red squids are of no use as bait, and usually throw them overboard with the rest of the “ rubbish’, after the contents of the cod-end have been sorted. (9) TopaRopsis EBLANAE (Ball, 1841). PL. 5. Loligo eblanae Ball, 1841. This species can most readily be distinguished from other local members of the Ommastrephidae by its small size and the relatively great width of its fins. Its great rarity, however, makes it advisable for expert authority to be had upon its identity, should likely specimens occur. The only specimen we have seen measured ro inches from the tip of the mantle to the ends of the retractile arms. One record ; a typical male with both ventral arms hectocotylized. Taken in the trawl off Robin Hood’s Bay, and put into a jar of formalin that the writer had placed on board the trawler. This specimen was received on gth April, 1928 (Stevenson, in Naturalist, ist August, 1928, p. 238). Deposited in the British Museum. 112 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. The fact that the fishermen had never seen the like of the above specimen, and the small number of records (two, we believe, with locality, including the above, for the North Sea), indicate that this animal must be very rare in this vicinity. It is said to be more plentiful off the Atlantic coast of the British Isles. (10) STHENOTEUTHIS CAROLI (Furtado, 1887). Px. 6, Fic. 1. Ommastrephes caroli Furtado, 1887. Sthenoteuthis bartrami (Lesueur, 1821). (teste Hoyle, 1909). The identification of the giant squids is a matter of some difficulty, and should be undertaken only by an expert. No descriptions of this and some of the following species are given in this paper. All specimens obtained should be despatched as soon as possible: after death to the British Museum for correct diagnosis. ' The remarkable occurrences of this giant squid in the vicinity of Scarborough during recent years have aroused much interest in scientific circles, and have been well summarized by Clarke and Robson (‘‘ Notes on the stranding of giant squids on the north-east coast of England,” Proc. Malac. Soc., London, vol. xviii, part iv, March, 1929). They are as follows :— (a) 3rd January, 1925. A specimen, 7 ft. 14 in. in total length, was cast up on the shore at Withernsea, “in a dying condition.” _ After being exhibited at that town and photographed, it was sent to the British Museum (Robson, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1925, p. 291): (6) 18th March, 1927. A specimen, 5 ft. 7 in. in total length, was found stranded on the rocks at the northern end of North Bay, Scarborough; and ultimately, through the thoughtfulness of Alderman Whitehead of that town, secured from the danger of being cut up as bait by fishermen. It was photographed, and exhibited to a large number of sightseers; and was eventually deposited in the British Museum, where a cast was made of it. This specimen was in quite good condition. (c) 1st February, 1928. A specimen found by my brother at high-water mark upon the rocks in South Bay, Scarborough. No measurements were taken, but its length, not including “‘ tentacles ”’ was estimated at 3 ft. 6in., the total length being about 44 feet. The head with the tentacles was sent to the British Museum, where it was identified with this species by Mr. Robson. It had been considerably mutilated by prowling rats on the shore. (See Naturalist, July, 1928.) (d) gth January, 1930. A female specimen, 3 ft. g in. long to tip of short arms, stranded at Filey (W. J. Clarke, in Naturalist, ist April, 1930). Desposited in the British Museum. JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. PLATE 3. FEMALE. Alioteuthis subulata (Lamarck). See p. 108. [Facing p. 112. " eet, o e; ; , " oY Peas: ts i * 7 a 7 " j ms 3 | 5 : i : ae 4 > i . 7 a li si ? . nie ia . ‘ as : ' + ~ “ | * a ‘ ‘t “ eat Y 7 & : | : ies 7 | : ‘ ate ; f ~, \ ; | é el mn | | 3 i | = 5 me ¢ i te i. Fe ; fr nae ¢ | : ‘ + a | | i oa ; * . r . a | | | | P + ; . is | iene et ; , : 3 | | | . i on 4 7 ) - : f | i ; ; | | | : * f i - t : | b Ms . . ne ‘ : : : | C , . a , | : ant | | | | ; a a i ‘ 0 iat : H | | | F * | : e q | \ : : 3 ' \ : : ‘ 4 = ; : ; A ‘, aes ‘ . ‘ x 4 J | | 3 : et eee | | | a \ < is re : : : ‘ ) ’ , et . : oe ; pope ; “ * : ee kes mae q = , ‘ ‘ 4 . - a . re as : . . | is > ‘> si . i r * oe . 4 . a : P i s 2 ¥ is z ns a : r : 2 ais z i nd en | 2 arn es > - an : . ‘ i . . ; : y : ; 4 E i 3 ; 3 = | f ‘ Sg Ate: * ‘ pe : gem < ‘. 2, 1 e: J 2 ‘ ; . : ee oie : * ? é ' > Cie. wales: mee ra sigs : Y \ . : zl oa . ‘ 4 :~ 5) . : i t ee ‘ v e + q i yf : the sa 4 : : sae ie ) . . oi ih > - | ; mlerced Et gy et i 7 - ey ee = an, ; ee - ‘ sak + « - ‘ ar 4 ae 3 ripe Ho a St ae, 4 ; : s ; | | 7 : “ care ‘ re. ' Vets . eee | * ine a “ ‘ em 1 ; > : | © * i ie r a ; | | | | | 3 7 : . | ) k : Lad + * * ~ a - i t e ‘ ¥ . 8: i : . a P - oy a 4 | ; 2 | : ‘4 ‘ ie ok Fy i ; , di 1 : h 3 : * i z : \ 2) i “2 3 3 . . | | . hg : : : | : | | | : : 7 ; “) 6 & - at ty " I % " : , = | Me c _ : iy F | | | | | | a + , i” + Sie 3 | she) : ee x to | | | : | ae " es : oe . se : : | : ‘ ts ‘ 2 | | . s gai * Fi aif : 7 ; on x rope: = - ee 2 | : : i | 1 - . : ; ; ; -. <p . 5 ; 3 | | ‘nd é ae : . 3 | : | | | ; 3 aes eX : ! ' ; ; : E | : | = e | | | : | : nal = * Shes ys E 5 : : / } : | ae ; | | | | i = ° ' r é + ir % > ‘ = ¥. “ . = ; ; : = ‘i ‘ Eo 4 : n= 2 5 ‘ : P ; : | 3 : = j ey . ie . eee : | | es | oe i fi “ 4 2 ; ; - Lf % ; ret ee : ’ ; ; £ : ; 3 | ey e ; + . | { : — : : : | ; . | | | JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. | PLATE 4. TAIL OF FEMALE. Ommastrephes sagittatus (Lamarck). See p. 109. nl 2 a , es ae ¥ me t os 1 4 = Ih JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. PLATE 5. NY cd 4% LY JV YY SVS Ss a=) ad ° \ Aw Saw “NX x A Saas * \ Sy aN Ryan PEAY Par igo Merge we N x S AY \ Ye w\ la ke (hint 195" Se eS ? CAS BES E See =\ NY Vi . “ %) WS & C5 % =eiN AS Todaropsis eblanae (Ball). Sze, tli. a xs Jott , _ J ' ae : ‘ OF, ; : | —_ JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. PLATE 6. Fic. 1: Sthenoteuthis caroli (Furtado). See p. 112. Fic. 2: Sthenoteuthis pteropus (Steenstrup). Seep. 114, JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. PUATE 7: Fic. 1: Sepia officinalis (Linnaeus). wee py 10a. Fic. 2: Eledone cirrhosa (Lamarck). See p, 115. * et 4 STEVENSON : THE CEPHALOPODS OF THE YORKSHIRE COAST. 113 (fe) s2and ‘December, 1933. A specimen,’ '{' 5 ft. 10 in. ‘long, stranded alive on South Sands,” Scarborough. Secured by Mr. F. D. Taylor and sent to the British Museum (Clarke, in lit.). The above are all the definite records we have of Sthenoteuthis carolt in this district. From time to time, however, we hear of exceptionally large squids being found upon the shore and cut up for bait before we can examine them; these are very probably referable to this species, since of the larger forms this seems to be the most abundant on the Yorkshire coast. Mr. Clarke furnishes some interesting notes upon the occurrence of some of these large squids :— 3 Giant squid, unidentified, ‘‘ caught on rod and line by an angler from the east pier at Scarborough on 2oth May, 1929. It was measured—4$ feet in extreme length, and was cut up for bait. Another, about 5 feet in length, was stranded alive on the South sands in the second week in June, 1929. It was returned to the water and swam away.”’ Again Mr. Clarke writes (13th February, 1933) :— ‘', . . Last week two more (squids) came ashore, one 6 feet over all, the other with a body, exclusive of tentacles, of 3 feet (estimated lengths), but I was not told anything about them in either case until they had been cut up, so I have no idea what species they were.” When it is considered what a small area of the coastline of Yorkshire has hitherto been investigated with regard to these strandings, it would be quite safe to assume that these giant squids are not nearly so rare as they have been thought to be. It is probable that a careful watch in many of the secluded bays along this shore, particularly in winter-time, would yield many more records. Remarks.—These strandings are particularly interesting for two reasons. First, they are more frequent on this part of the coast than elsewhere. A suggestion as to the reason for this is given by Robson (1929). Apparently off the Yorkshire coast the impetus of the main south-going current is coming to an end, with a consequent drop in salinity and confusion of tidal currents. It is supposed that “the immigrant Sthenoteuthis coming southwards with the current probably get into difficulties through lack of proper food or low salinity off the Yorkshire coast and are washed ashore where the south-going current is losing its velocity.’’ (Robson and Clarke, 1929, p. 158.) Secondly, with the exception of two doubtful records, all these strandings have occurred during the months of December, January, February, and March—mid-winter. This is probably to be 8 114 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. explained chiefly by weather conditions (squids seem to strand most frequently after sharp frosts), and also by the probability of. these squids, in the course of their migrations, being off the coast - at that particular time of year. (11) STHENOTEUTHIS PTEROPUS (Steenstrup, 1856). PL. 6, Fic. 2. Ommastrephes pteropus Steenstrup, 1856. As with S. caroli records are not numerous. ‘The following are all the occurrences of which we have knowledge :— (a) aoth November, 1553. A specimen, 4ft. 4in. In. total length stranded at Scarborough (Goodrich, E. S., 1892, Fourn. Marine Biol. Ass., N.S. 2, p. 314). Deposited in the British Museum. (b) 19th December, 1907. A specimen, 5 ft. 104in. in total length, was stranded on the sands at Redcar. The occurrence was recorded in The Naturalist for December, 1908; and the article was illustrated by a photograph of another specimen of this species, stranded at Scarborough (it does not say when). The photograph is very effective, and shows the animal’s front view on a board, with tentacles reaching downwards. Robson and Clarke (1929) believe these two records to refer to the same specimen. (c) 1st March, 1912. A large, somewhat mutilated, skinless specimen was stranded on the shore at Redcliff, near Scarborough. It was received by Mr. W. J. Clarke, who photographed it, and was eventually deposited in the National Museum of Wales. Length, “not including tentacles,’ 3 feet. . It is noticeable that no records have occurred since 1912. What reason there may be for this, and for the fact that no specimens of S. caroli were recorded before 1925, can only be guessed at. Possibly these squids fluctuate in numbers over long periods of time. Family ONYCHOTEUTHIDAE. (12) ARCHITEUTHUS CLARKEI Robson, 1933. See Robson’s account in Proc. Zool. Soc., September, 1933, p. 681. One specimen, 17 ft. 5 in. in length, and weighing approximately 17 stones, was stranded in South Bay, Scarborough, on 14th January, 1933. (Clarke, in Naturalist, 1st July, 1933, p. 157.) Mr. W. J. Clarke, after whom this new species has been named by Mr. Robson, has supplied the writer with the following interesting account of the squid :— ‘‘ Unfortunately as it lay upon the sand it was greatly damaged by the thoughtless crowd which gathered round it. People stood upon it and peeled off nearly all the skin. One youth cut out the mandible, and another cut off the tips of both long tentacles and STEVENSON : THE CEPHALOPODS OF THE YORKSHIRE COAST. II5 took them away. After a long hunt I found the mandible in the possession of a lad about 17 years old and recovered it, but for a long time I could hear nothing about the tentacle tips, although a message was broadcast on the wireless asking for their return. But after a good deal of inquiry I heard that a certain fisherman had cut them off, taken them home, and a day or two later, when he was tired of them, they were taken to the fish-pier and dropped into one of the offal barrels. Directly I learned this | communicated with the manure works at Hull where the fish refuse goes to be converted into fertilizer, but unfortunately it was too late. Inquiries showed that a labourer handling the refuse had actually seen the tentacles, but was not interested and knew nothing of the wireless hunt for them. So they were converted into fish manure and lost. It is a great pity, for the squid was in good condition when it was first seen, with perfect skin, etc., but the assembled spectators seem to have done everything in their power to destroy it. It came ashore close to the Aquarium entrance on the foreshore, and so was easily accessible to everyone. . . . The length of the portions cut from the tentacles was estimated at 18 inches, making the full length about) 19 feet...) 60" (W.-. Clarke; in it.) The task of having this huge squid conveyed bodily to the British Museum was no light one, and much credit is due to Mr. Clarke for saving the specimen before it became too mutilated for identifica- tion and for seeing it safely off from Scarborough. Sub-Order OCTOPODA. Family OCTOPODIDAE. (13) ELEDONE CIRRHOSA (Lamarck, 1798). PL. 7, Fic. 2. Octopus cirrhosus Lamarck, 1798. This cephalopod can be distinguished at a glance from the other Yorkshire species by the fact that it possesses eight sessile arms, lacking the two retractile tentacles which are characteristic of the Decapoda ; and by the fact that the suckers, which are sessile (not stalked as in decapods), are in a single row along each arm. Also, fins are lacking on the mantle. The average size on this coast is about 1 ft. 3 in. from the end of the mantle to the tips of the longest arms. We have, however, received specimens ranging from 5 inches up to 20 inches in length. Living specimens of Eledone are very beautifully and brilliantly marbled with a rich red-brown of different shades on a whitish background. ‘The ventral surface has a distinct greenish tinge. When’ the animal is frightened it turns greyish-white, but if not disturbed for about 15 seconds will regain its normal red-brown 116, JOURNAL. OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. colour. (These notes were taken from a specimen that the writer kept alive once for eight hours in a tub of sea water.) : This is the only Octopus that is found here in any numbers. It is somewhat sparsely distributed over the trawling grounds, particularly of Whitby, and on the offshore ones, from 30 fathoms down. However, it does occasionally stray into shallow water, since specimens have from time to time been found stranded upon the shore; and once, Mr. Clarke tells me, an Eledone was seen swimming in the water in Scarborough harbour. The fishermen inform us too that this Octopus is quite often caught on their long lines. . There is some question as to the occurrence on the Yorkshire coast of the common octopus (O. vulgaris Lamarck, 1798). It is entered without comment in the record-book of the Scarborough Field Naturalists’ Society ; but since no mention of Eledone was made in this book, we believe that the latter has been confused with Octopus. Mr. Robson informs the writer that for the East coast of the British Isles north of the Straits of Dover there is only one very dubious record for Octopus vulgaris—from the Firth of Forth. It must certainly be very rare, if present at all, along the coast of Yorkshire. However, it may possibly occur. In April, 1928, the seining-drifter Silver Line took a large Octopus (estimated length 3 feet) off Whitby, and this was kept for us. Unfortunately it began to decompose before the boat reached Scarborough, and was thrown overboard. However, the fishermen stated, among other things, that each arm possessed two rows of suckers, which tallies with Octopus. We believe that a careful watch for this species would sooner or later yield a specimen or two. The Author wishes to thank Mr. W. J. Clarke, of Scarborough, for his kindness in making available all his notes and records for the compilation of this report, and for the great help he has always been willing to give towards its completion; Mr. G. C. Robson, of the British Museum, for much valuable assistance concerning nomenclature, and for very kindly identifying specimens sent to the Museum; Mr. J. R. Tomlin and Mr. R. Winckworth for great help in arranging the paper for publication, and for their constructive criticism of it; and the fishermen of the various Scarborough trawlers and drifters that have been concerned in the capture of many rare forms unobtainable in any other way. Tr? LOCALLY EXTINCT MARINE MOLLUSCA AT PORTSTEWART. By Miss N. FIsuHer. (Read before the Society, 9th December, 1933.) THE discovery of these shells was due to Mr. R. J. Welch, who in the spring of 1931 brought me a few marine shells which he had found among the Portstewart sand-dunes, about 200 yards inland from the present beach. All the shells belonged to species which still occur on the coasts of north-eastern Ireland, except Scrobicularia plana (da Costa), which was represented by two perfect valves. _ As the presence of Scrobicularia needed explanation, I visited the spot several times during 1932-3. The following paper is an attempt to give the shells their rightful place in the succession of. post-glacial deposits in north-eastern Ireland. The range of sand-dunes in which the shells occur lies about ? mile west of Portstewart, and extends for about 13 miles to Ballyaghran Point, at the mouth of the Bann. The greatest width is about 4 mile. The exact spot may easily be found, as it lies at the seaward base of the largest dune of the range, about + mile from the Portstewart end. The seaward end of the small valley where the shells occur is blocked by a dune, and inland the valley broadens out, coalesces with a parallel valley, and ends at the foot of the big dune already mentioned. ‘The shells are mixed with fine gravel and form a thin layer on the floor of the valley, thickest at the seaward end, and dwindling almost to vanishing point at the head of the valley, just before it merges into the parallel valley. Here land- shells (Cepxa nemoralis L.) and some kitchen-midden débris occur, but not in association with marine shells. The shells and gravel are solely on the surface; a hole dug 6 feet deep did not yield a single shell, and revealed only blown sand to the bottom. In an adjoining bowl-shaped valley were more shells and gravel, and also quantities of shell-sand trickling down the sides of the valley. No trace of any deposit from which the shells might have weathered out could be found, although the dunes were ‘carefully searched on several occasions. Mr. Welch, who has explored the dunes many times during the last forty years, tells me that he has never seen a similar deposit there or in any other dunes. A near-by valley, about 50 yards closer to the sea, shows a storm-beach which Mr. Welch informs me is the one to which Coffey and Praeger refer (1).1 According to their paper this beach is 6 feet above present high-water level, and I am indebted to Dr. J. W. Jackson for the 1 The numbers in parentheses refer to Bibliography at end of article. 118 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. information that the present position of the shells is also about 6 feet above high-water level to-day. According to (2), p. 35, and (3), pl. facing p. 384, the Portstewart dunes rest on a raised beach platform, and one especially deeply- cut valley is floored with very coarse, much-worn gravel, which may perhaps be the top of the raised beach. This gravel-accumulation, however, closely resembles the storm-beach. Coffey and Praeger (1), p. IgI, state that the raised beach may be seen underlying the newer accumulation of the sandhills between the Bann sandhills and the town of Portstewart, but I believe that it is not now visible, owing to building operations. ‘The Memoir (2), p. 35, also states that ‘‘ blue shelly silt [Estuarine Clay] has been dug up in different places in the vicinity, on both sides of the river [Bann] ’’. This seems to show that part, at least, of the Portstewart dunes is underlaid by Estuarine Clay, but it is nowhere visible. Praeger (4), p. 224, has described a typical Scrobicularia deposit overlaid by 6 feet of blown sand, at the eastern end of the Castlerock dunes, on the other side of the Bann. : The storms of the winter 1932-3 revealed a fine kitchen-midden in the valley parallel to that in which the shells were first found. The following species of mollusca were noted from this deposit : Patella vulgata L., Lattorina littorea (L.), Glycymeris glycymerts (L.), Ostrea edulis L., Pecten maximus (L.). In the following list I have for comparison marked with an asterisk those species which now occur in the district, taking Fair Head and Lough Foyle as the boundaries. Lack of information has prevented me from distinguishing those species which actually /zve in the district at the present time, and those which are only represented by dead shells. Any notes on the present range of a species refer only to its occurrence in this area, except where a larger area, such as north-eastern Ireland, is specifically mentioned. The marine molluscan fauna of this district has been investigated by Chaster (6, 7) (Ballycastle and Rathlin Island), Knight (8) (Portstewart), Galwey (9) (Magilligan), and Jeffreys (10) (Lough Foyle). ‘The nomenclature and arrangement throughout are those of Winckworth’s “ The British Marine Mollusca ’”’ (5). *Diodora apertura (Mont.). Frequent. *Patella vulgata L. Not common, mostly small. *Patella athletica Bean. Four. * Patina levis (Pennant). About a dozen. *Patelloida virginea (Miller). Frequent. *Calliostoma zizyphinum conuloide (Lam.). One small imperfect specimen. FISHER : EXTINCT MARINE MOLLUSCA. IIQ Calliostoma papillosum (da Costa). One very young specimen is referred by Mr. Winckworth to this species. Very rare in north-eastern Ireland at present. *Gibbula cineraria (L.). Rather scarce. *Tricolia pullus pictus (da Costa). Also rather scarce. *Lacuna parva (da Costa). ‘Two small specimens. [*Littorina littorea (L.). Many broken specimens, which I think are from a kitchen-midden deposit. Also a few perfect specimens, which may be contemporary with the other shells. ] *Tittorina saxatilis (Olivi). Scarce. *Littorina neritoides petrea (Mont.). One, small. *ittorina littoralis (L.). Scarce, only a few small specimens. *Hydrobia ulue Pennant. Very plentiful ; the predominant species in the shellsand. *Cingula semicostata (Mont.). Very plentiful, and, after Hydrobia ulvx, the most abundant species in the shellsand. * Alvania crassa (Kanmacher). Moderately common. * Alvania punctura (Mont.). Fairly frequent. *Rissoa parva (da Costa). Plentiful. *Tornus subcarinatus (Mont.). Three perfect specimens. ‘The occurrence of this distinctive species is interesting for, though odd shells turn up occasionally on the coasts of north-eastern Ireland, it has not been taken alive. The only “live” Britannic .records are from the south of England. Tornus is entirely southern in its extra-British range, finding its northern limit of range in the British Isles. *Skeneopsis planorbis (Fab.). Few. * Turritella communis Risso. One 2 inches long, and a small worn one. *Bittium reticulatum (da Costa). One. *Cerithiopsis tubercularis (Mont.). ‘Ten, the short obese form. Cerithiopsis barleei Jeffreys. Seven. New to north-eastern Ireland, either as a recent or fossil species. Its extra-British range appears to be entirely southern. *Triphora perversa (L.). Four. | *Clathrus clathratulus (Kanmacher). Several. *Graphis albida (Kanmacher). Two perfect and one broken. *Aclis ascaris (Turton). Five. *Aclis minor (Brown). Three and a large fragment. *Fulima trifasciata (J. Adams). About a score of all sizes. *Balcis lubrica (Monterosato). One. Only recent north-eastern Ireland record is “‘ Off Ballycastle, living ’’. *Balcis devians (Monterosato). Eight. *Chrysallida obtusa (Brown). Several. *Chrysallida indistincta (Mont.). Nine. 120 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. Chrysallida decussata (Mont.). About twenty. Referring to this species J. I’. Marshall (fourn. Conch., 9, p. 290) states that “usually there are only three sculptured whorls, but in fine adult specimens there is a fourth’’. More than half of the Portstewart specimens have four sculptured whorls and one especially fine example has five. C. decussata is new to — north-eastern Ireland either as a contemporary or fossil species. Its extra-British distribution appears to be entirely southern. *Chrysallida spiralis (Mont.). Plentiful. * Menestho divisa (J. Adams). One. Menestho diaphana (Jeff.). Four. New to north-eastern Ireland, either recent or fossil. Its present range is “‘ Bergen to Eastern Medn. and Adriatic’’ (Jeffreys, P.Z.S., 1884, p. 349). *Odostomia acuta Jeff. Nine. *Odostomia scalaris (MacGillivray). ‘Three. *Eulimella levis (Brown). ‘Three perfect and a broken one. *Turbonilla elegantissima (Mont.). Four immature. *Turbonilla acuta (Donovan). One. *Turbonilla fulvocincta (Thompson). One immature. *Aporrhais pespelicani quadrifidus da Costa. One, and three large fragments. . * Natica poliana alderi Forbes. Two small worn specimens. *Trivia monacha (da Costa). One. *Trivia arctica (Mont.). One, and several fragments. * Nucella lapillus (L.). Moderately common, but small. *Ocenebra erinacea (L.). Few. [*Buccinum undatum L. Many fragments, but not a single shell. These fragments are puzzling ; they do not appear to be of the same age as the other shells, but look as if they had come from a kitchen-midden deposit, yet not even a fragment was noted in the kitchen-midden in the parallel valley. Only a few minutes, however, were devoted to the examination of the latter deposit, so it is quite possible that Buccinum does occur there and was overlooked. ] *Nassarius reticulatus (L.). ‘Three, and a large fragment. * Nassarius incrassatus (Stré6m). One. * Philbertia linearis (Mont.). Four small specimens. * Mangelia coarctata (Forbes). ‘Three small specimens. *Retusa mammillata (Phil.). Three. *Retusa retusa (Maton & Rackett). Frequent. *Cylichna cylindracea (Pennant). One imperfect. *Nucula nucleus (L.). Plentiful. *Glycymeris glycymeris (L.). Small valves abundant. * Arca tetragona britannica Reeve. ‘Two small valves. FISHER : EXTINCT MARINE MOLLUSCA. Ia! * Anomia ephippium L. Small valves fairly plentiful. *Mytilus edulis L. In the first valley examined only a few small valves were found, but in the second valley (that in which the shellsand was found) large valves were not infrequent. *Musculus marmoratus (Forbes). ‘Two valves. *Ostrea edulis L. Rare and mostly small; larger valves very thin. *Pecten maximus (L.). One small valve. *Chlamys varia varia (L.). ee but much scarcer than C. opercularis. *Chlamys distorta (da Costa). Plentiful. *Chlamys opercularis (L.). Plentiful. *Chlamys tigerina tigerina (Miller). Five valves. *Chlamys tigerina obsoleta Pennant. Plentiful, far outnumbering the type-form. *Phacotdes borealis (L.). Valves plentiful, of all sizes. *Kellia suborbicularis (Mont.). ‘T'wo. *Lasea rubra (Mont.). Plentiful. *Turtonia minuta (Fab.). Plentiful. *Lepton nitidum ‘Turton. Three. *Montacuta ferruginosa (Mont.). Few valves. *Mysella bidentata (Mont.). Plentiful. *Cyprina tslandica (L.). Very plentiful, of all sizes. Also one half- grown specimen with the valves still together—the only specimen of any species found in this condition. It appears to be the only species among the Portstewart shells whose extra-British range is essentially northern. *Cardium echinatum L. ‘Three young and one Hal Snowe: *Cardium scabrum Phil. Plentiful. *Cardium exiguum Gm. Several. *Cardium ovale Sowerby. Plentiful. *Cardium edule edule L. Fairly common. *Dosinia lupinus lincta (Mont.). Two large valves, and several small ones. : *Gafrarium minimum (Mont.). Few valves. *Venus casina L. One very large old valve, one adult, and two small. *Venus ovata (Pennant). Frequent. *Venus fasciata (da Costa). Fairly common, but not so abundant as those of V. striatula. *Venus striatula (da Costa). Plentiful. *Paphia rhomboides (Pennant). Several, large and small. *Paphia pullastra (Mont.). Several, of all sizes. *Paphia saxatilis (Fleuriau). One valve. Paphia decussata fusca (Gm.). Four. Extremely rare at the present time in north-eastern Ireland. ‘‘ Portrush, a specimen with the 122 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. valves united, but old and worn-looking ”’ (Praeger (13), p. 72) is the only record from the district, where it is now extinct. It is an abundant and characteristic fossil of the Lower Estuarine Clay throughout north-eastern Ireland. * Donax vittatus (da Costa). Abundant of all sizes. *Tellina fabula Gm. Several. Tellina donacina L. One large and two small. A rare species in north-eastern Ireland. *Tellina pygmxa Lovén. ‘Two. *Tellina crassa Pennant. Four large and two small. * Macoma balthica (L.). Plentiful. Scrobicularia plana (da Costa). Plentiful. Now extinct in north- eastern Ireland (see Praeger (4), p. 254), though it occurs in vast numbers in the Lower Estuarine Clay. *Abra prismatica (Mont.). Few. *Gari fervensis Gm. Plentiful. *Gari tellinella (Lam.). ‘Two large and several small. *Cultellus pellucidus (Pennant). Several broken valves and fragments. *Fnsis ensis (L.). Several fragments. *Mactra corallina cinerea Mont. Few. * Spisula elliptica (Brown). Few. *Spisula solida (L.). Fairly plentiful. *Spisula subtruncata (da Costa). Plentiful. *Aloidis gibba (Olivi). Few. *Hiatella arctica (L.). Four. *Hiatella gallicana (Lam.). Many, much more plentiful than H. arctica. Pholas dactylus L. ‘Two fragments. *Thracia villostuscula (MacGillivray). ‘Three valves. The absence of both Mya and Lutraria is noticeable. It is of interest to analyse the geographical distribution of the shells enumerated above (excluding Buccinum and Littorina littorea as of doubtful origin). At the present time and as far as is at present known, of the 113 species recorded, fourteen species reach their northern limit of range in the British Isles, and two of these do not now live in north-eastern Ireland (Chrysallida decussata and Cerithiopsis barleet). One species (Cyprina tslandica) almost reaches its southern limit of range in the British Isles. It occurs in north- western France but is very rare. Nuinety-eight species range both north and south of the British Isles. As the shells are obviously not in situ it is difficult to assign them to their proper place in geological history, but a careful study brings out some interesting points, and enables them to be dated with FISHER : EXTINCT MARINE MOLLUSCA. 123 a reasonable show of accuracy. It has been suggested that the shells were merely blown wind-borne from the present beach, and are therefore contemporary, and of no special interest, but several facts are against this theory. Firstly, the abundance of Scrobicularia plana, a species now extinct in north-eastern Ireland, and the presence also of Paphia decussata, which is extremely rare (see Fisher, (11)). Secondly, when the dunes were visited in October, 1932, by Professor J. K. Charlesworth, Dr. R. Ll. Praeger, Mr. R. J. Welch, and myself, a gale was blowing and it was impossible to face the sand-laden blast, yet, as Dr. Praeger pointed out to us, the sand was being blown away from beneath the shells, so that they were gradually sinking; the shells themselves were not being blown about at all. In view of these facts the theory does not seem tenable. Considered as a whole, the fauna resembles that of the Estuarine Clay, but when examined in detail it differs in several important particulars. ‘The Estuarine Clay fauna indicates a fairly definite depth of water in which the deposit was laid down, but the Portstewart shells comprise both littoral species and those that live in deeper water, showing that the mollusks could not have lived and died on the spot where they are now found, but have been brought together by some other agency. It is true that the Portstewart shells include both Scrobicularia plana and Paphia decussata, characteristic fossils of the Lower Estuarine Clay, which is known to occur in the neighbourhood, but they also comprise more recent ‘‘ immigrants ”’, the most striking examples being Rissoa parva and Cyprina islandica. Of Rissoa parva, so common everywhere at present, Praeger (4), p. 260, says: ‘ Compared with its present abundance on our shore, this species is conspicuously rare in the Estuarine Clays.” There its place is taken by the allied R. albella, now practically extinct in Ireland, save in the south and west. R. albella is absent from the Portstewart shells where R. parva is abundant. Cyprina tslandica is also ‘‘ con- spicuously absent from the estuarine series ’’ (Praeger (4), p. 251), yet it is plentiful and of all sizes in the Portstewart shells, as on our coasts at the present time. Mr. A. W. Stelfox has suggested, and my own researches fully bear him out, that the shells belong to a period later than that of the Neolithic (‘25 foot’’) Raised’ Beach. His theory is that the elevation of the land which brought the Raised Beach gravels to their present position also raised the Estuarine Clay sufficiently to allow of its being eroded by wave-action. The shells washed out of the Estuarine Clay together with those of other species then living in the vicinity were re-deposited as a beach-deposit. This deposit was then perhaps overlaid by blown sand, from which the 124 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. shells are now weathering out. Mr. Stelfox’s theory, I think, fully explains the association of Scrobicularia and Paphia decussata with Cyprina and Rissoa parva, the two former species being re-deposited and the two latter representative of the fauna living at the time this beach-deposit was accumulating. Further evidence that the shells form part of an old beach-deposit is afforded by the curious mixture, which has already been noted, of littoral species with those from deeper water, and also the fact that the Lamellibranchs are all repre- sented by single valves only. The Gastropods also are all more or less worn. The following twenty-eight species occurring among the Portstewart shells are not mentioned by Praeger, (4) in his list of the Estuarine Clay fauna of north-eastern Ireland, in which all earlier records are included. Calhostoma zizyphinum conuloide (Lam.), Calliostoma papillosum (da C.), Tornus subcarinatus (Mont.), Cerithiopsis tubercularts (Mont.), Cerithiopsis barleet Jeft., Triphora perversa (L.), Clathrus clathratulus (Kanmacher), Graphis albida (Kanmacher), Balcis lubrica (Monterosato), Balcis devians (Monterosato), Chrysallida decussata (Mont.), Chrysallida spiralis (Mont.), Menestho diaphana (Jeff.), Turbonilla fulvocincta (Thompson), Nassarius tncrassatus (Strém), Philbertia linearis (Mont.), Arca tetragona britannica Reeve, Chlamys tigerina (Miller), Cardium ovale Sow., Gafrarium minimum (Mont.), Paphia saxatilis (Fleuriau), Donax vittatus (da Costa), Tellina donacina L., Tellina pygmzxa Lovén, Tellina crassa Pennant, Abra prismatica (Mont.), Gari tellinella (Lam.), Mactra corallina cinerea Mont. Most of these species undoubtedly belong to the later ‘‘ immigrant ”’ fauna rather than to that of the Estuarine Clay. Praeger (12), p. 30, has described a deposit at the Alexandra Dock, Belfast, which appears similar to that from which the Portstewart shells were derived. This deposit consisted of “‘ Two feet of coarse yellow sand, with abundance of shells. . . . The shells are often much worn, and generally occur as single valves, and the deposit has all the appearance of an old sandy beach.”’ It was overlaid by 6-7 feet of black littoral clays, and rested directly upon the Estuarine Clay, the line of demarcation being remarkably sharp and well defined. The fauna of this Belfast bed is not listed separately, but on p. 30 and in the annotated list of species (pp. 38-44) thirty-six species are mentioned as occurring in the “‘yellow sand’’. ‘Twelve of these species do not occur at Portstewart, but of the 113 species known from the latter deposit eighty-nine are not recorded from the Belfast bed. In this Belfast bed many species make their first appearance as FISHER : EXTINCT MARINE MOLLUSCA. 125 members of our present fauna. In this connection it is interesting to note the apparent briefness of the period during which Chrysallida decussata, a southern shell, lived in north-eastern Ireland. It is unknown in the Estuarine Clays and Raised Beaches, occurs in some numbers among the Portstewart shells, the specimens being unusually fine, and is now apparently extinct.1 The Portstewart assemblage, therefore, represents a beach-deposit, in age younger than the Estuarine Clay, and containing some shells derived from the Lower (Scrobicularia) zone of the Clay.2- The fauna closely approximates to that of the present time, but a slightly warmer climate is suggested by the presence of Chrysallida decussata, and also by the absence of many common species whose present range is mainly or wholly northern. There is evidence of a degeneration of the climate since the deposition of the Estuarine Clays ; this degeneration is shown by the appearance in abundance of Cyprina tslandica, a species whose present headquarters are the Icelandic coasts. I wish to express my gratitude to Mr. R. MacDonald and Mr. R. J. Welch for help with the field work ; to Mr. R. Winckworth for checking the identifications of all the smaller shells; and to Mr. A. W. Stelfox without whose help, so generously given, this paper would not have been written. BIBLIOGRAPHY. (1) Coffey, G., and R. Ll. Praeger. ‘‘ The Antrim Raised Beach : A Con- tribution to the Neolithic History of the North of Ireland,” Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., 25, C, pp. 143-200, 6 pls., 1904. (2) Symes, R. G., F. W. Egan and A. M’Henry. ‘“ Explanatory Memoir to accompany Sheets 7 and 8 of the Maps of the Geological Survey of Ireland,” 1886. (3) Wright, W. B. The Quaternary Ice Age, 1914. (4) Praeger, R. Ll. ‘‘ Report on the Estuarine Clays of the North-East of Ireland,” Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., (3), 2, pp. 212-289, 1892. (5) Winckworth, R. “ The British Marine Mollusca,” Zourn. Conch., 19, PP. 211-252, 1932. (6) Chaster, G. W. ‘“‘ A Day’s Dredging off Ballycastle,” Irish Nat., 6, pp. 120-5, 1897. (7) —— “Notes on the Marine Mollusca of Rathlin Island,” ibid., pp. 184-7. (8) Knight, G. A. F. ‘ Notes on the Marine Mollusca of Portstewart, North Ireland,” Trans. N.H. Soc. Glasgow, N.S., 6, pp. 1-17, IQOI. * The 'Turbot Bank. records (specimens marked ‘“‘ Co. Antrim” in Belfast Museum are almost certainly from the Turbot Bank) given by Nichols (14), p. 552, are not contemporary—probably early post-glacial. * The Upper (Thracia) zone of the Estuarine Clay does not appear to be present in the Bann deposits (see Praeger (4), pp. 215 and 223-4). None of its characteristic fossils is represented in the Portstewart shells. 126 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 4, APRIL, 1935. (9) Galwey, Miss H. “‘ On the marine shells of Magilligan Strand, County Tyrone ”’ [recte Derry], Journ. Conch., 5, pp. 267-270, 1888. (10) Jeffreys, J. G. ‘“‘ On the Moll. procured during the Lightning and Porcupine Expeditions, 1868-1870,” parts 2-9. [Contains few Lough Foyle records.] P.Z.S., 1879, pp. 553-588 ; 1881, pp. 693- 724, 022-9052; 1882, pp. 656-687; 1883, pp. S8-115; 1884, pp. I11-149 ; and 1885, pp. 27-63. (11) Fisher, Miss N. “ Living Tapes decussatus (L.) in Ulster,” Irish Nat. Journ., 19, p. 162, 1929. (12) Praeger, R. Ll. “‘ The Estuarine Clays at the New Alexandra Dock, Belfast, with List of Fossils,” Rep. and Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club (2), 2 (1886-7) ; Appendix, 1888. (13) —— “ The Marine Shells of the North of Ireland,” ibid., 3 (1887-8), Appendix, 1889. (14) Nichols, A. R. “‘ A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland,’’ Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., (3), 5, pp. 477-662, 1900. Self-fertilization.—In March, 1931, Mr. Charles Oldham kindly sent me some specimens of Planorbis corneus var. albina (Moq.). 'These were kept by me in rectangular glass tanks and from the young produced in the summer of 1931 one was isolated from the time of hatching in a tank 8 inches by 5 inches, in water some 6 inches deep. ‘The tank has about 3 inches of sand, in which various water plants grow, the whole forming a | fairly well balanced aquarium. In 1932 this snail produced a small egg- capsule which contained two eggs; it is not known whether these were fertile or not but they failed to hatch. In 1933 the same snail produced three egg-. capsules from which five young snails were hatched ; they were apparently perfectly formed and when examined under a lens seemed quite normal, but all died within a few weeks. This summer, 1934, three batches of eggs have been laid by the snail. From the first capsule deposited two snails emerged, and these are, at the time of writing (October), 1°7 cm. and 1°4 cm. in diameter. From the second capsule five snails hatched, two of which died within a week, the other three are now 5 mm. in diameter, in both cases two eggs remain unhatched in the capsules. ‘The third batch of eggs so far has not hatched and appears to be sterile. Of the five surviving snails, one has been isolated from birth with a view to obtaining evidence as to whether self-fertilization will take place in a second generation. ‘The other four are being kept together to see if these creatures are sexually perfect.— CHARLES ALLEN. (Read before the Society, 11th November, 1934.) rm m0 .0:0.0 0 0 S91 9017 : ° sasusdxy s1s0yjg “ - : : : 90))1UU “WO Bune “Ysoy) pue ‘souL’] : : pilosa yY [BIIBO[O07, * — AYVIDOG [VoTsoTOoR]e][ —suondiissqng * : SUIJaaI\. [enUUY jo sasuedxy “ ae yo01g suisnoysies, “ : : souRINsU] sing * : A1au01}v1G pue Sunug “* ° > e ° 9SBd-YOog 6é : : : . ° * Sutpura-yo0 6s I : 3 : : ‘ : oswosut : = Gaaaiaor 46 ei Se be JaAO 9iInyIpuedxs jo ssaoxo suleq ‘souvleg “ pe ad eee a Q- FE St : pun. drysisquisyA] aj] Wor Jojsuesry, “ ‘ : g & 1 : : : ; : sjuswesiqiseapy “ (poiuuse pus pre) o) Gr er: * : : : * suorneolqng jo aes “ sjulidsy (si0oujny Se Se Ee ee eee —o Go (Gre =* : : : sIvolly Oo : ; @ * (pozeutyses) € 1g 0 SI-g9 e. 01 te. * : @ id ee ee ae > *s$ 3B 91 he OL eee : ae oe Qo. SI <<; pp Sh 78% se *"IOA pS Go -@- F9q > “Sar Fe 0 jouanog Surnngiiyz —vl6l1 Joy -sIp pue surysyqnd Ag —suoijdiiosqns jenuuy oO], Bo eae a nN See RR ay oa ee 3 * FUN.LIGNAdXY “SLaTaoay *yunOSDY sINnjIpuedKy pue sUWIOdUT E61 “MaaWAOAC If GAGNA NVAA AHL NOA SLNNODIV “HOTAV [, Gad “aHOOTN “H OD ‘yO91I09 puNO} pue poyipny ‘WVHG1Q *SVHD eh ieos ok OS Oo ©. OFS fo) fo) fo) 2 sf Ltc7 ee ae p °s F G Oo. ZSt7 G6 gee * Q VI Si ‘Dp °¢ e XY Fy ° e e puey UI pue siayueg 3e Yyses oo. : : ; : 4soo “P8 “SII ee eel UOISI9AUOZ) %E Oo 00% : 4s09 “pe *s€1 cozF ‘uvo’T UoIstaAuo,d YFP Oo oof ysoo “pl sg Soff ‘uvoyy suipuny %P “S]UIULISIQUT "SLASSY “LAHHS HONV IVE FE6r ‘Iaquiadeq 3sI€ ‘puny jo junowy Ag | "IealIy ul suondrosqnes jenuuy (p) ‘suorjeolfqng pyosun jo Yoo3g (2) ‘suoloe]jo>d pue szourqes (g) ‘Areiqiy] (vy) o1e yaaYyG soUL[e_ OY} UT NO jos VSO} 0} UOTIppe UI sjassyY—ALON o0o0o™M Or Il e ttz2 g gt v1 vV O Of or Z ‘pun a yoreaseyy Flor ‘1aqwiaseq] JsI€ ‘pun. jo yunowy “ yuNODY sInyIpuedxy pue sul0dU] 0} Jojsue1y, Ag i ‘puny dryszequieyy OT SL eee7 g 6 “OL Ll £2 ¢2e fF Q- 0 <aty 126 PIS Si oe © 0 off PS ag 9 II gt ey emmipusdzg pue swoouy] jo sourjeg eS : : : = EPEOr IOs] Li» 52 : be61 ‘Arenuef ysI uo sy puny yoivasay pun. drysisquiay] asi] soxoq poddo}-ssvjid 10} UOISTAOIg : : sjutidey .stoyyny pure ‘€ ‘3d TOA ‘{80]0YIUO’) fo jousnog IOJ UOISIAOIg souvApe ur pred suondiiosqng jenuuy *SHLLITIGVI’T jso10}UT pus spueplAIq “ * $61 ‘Arenuef ysi ‘puny jo yunowy oy, : : : 4SoJOJUT puke spusplAiq “ : : . : 90] uorlpisodwo7 si vE6r ‘Arenuef si ‘puny jo JUNOWY OF, | THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD ; Established 1861. Sale. — Purchase. — Exchange. Collections and Specimens Named and Arranged. GLASS-TOPPED BOXES (Rectangular and Circular). Card Trays, Blue Wool, Second-hand Cabinets. Catalogues: Suitable for use as Check-Lists. ADDRES ce H. C. F ULTON (late Sowerby & Fulton), 27 SHAFTESBURY ROAD, RAVENSCOURT PARK, LONDON, W.6. Malacological Society of London. Hon. Sec.: A. T. Hopwoop, D.Sc., Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.» Cromwell Road, S.W.7. Subscription : Ordinary Members £ I Is. per annum or £10 ros. for life; | Corresponding Members (resident without the British Islands) 1§s. per annum or £7 7s. for life. Entrance Fee for all, {1 1s. Piernee are held in the apartments of oe LINNEAN SOCIETY, BURLINGTON Housz, W.1, on the Second Friday in each month from Proce to Fune. Proceedings: Three numbers a year are free to all Members. *,* Back Numbers may be obtained on application to the Hon. Sec. Members receive a discount of 20%. _ Prices of Back Volumes of THE J OURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY Vols. Il, I, VITI-XIIL, XV To the Public, 1§/- each ; to Members and the Trade, 10/— each. Vols. XVI, XVII, XIX To the Public, 25/- each ; to Members and the Trade, 16/8 each. Vol. XVIII To the Public, 30/— ; to Members and the Trade, 20/—. . Spare parts (where available) Vols. I-XV at 1/3 each; Vols. XVI-XIX at 2/6each. Less 334% to Members and the Trade. : - To be had from Durau & Co., Ltd., 2 STAFFORD StT., OLD Bonp St., LoNDon, W.1, and at the Headquarters of the Society. A Systematic, Fully Illustrated Monography of Recent Mollusks. Founded by GEORGE W. TRYON, Jey in 1878, continued by HENRY A. PIL SBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The Manual is published in Parts, of which four constitute a volume. Subscriptions may begin or terminate with any volume. A list of a the published volumes and their contents will be sent on request. _ Plain Edition.—Per part (four parts in a volume) . 5 . $3.75 Coloured Edition.—The ae agua. coloured by hand, : "per “patt = : . $5.00. Fine Edition.—Heavy paper, niares | in duplicate, ¢ colo and co | India tinted, per part —_.. . $8.00 — First Series —Cephalopods, Marine Gastropods, and Sraphont Seventeen Volumes (complete). Second Series.—Land Mollusks. ‘Twenty-seven volumes. ample | two or three still to be issued. Completed volumes include the Agnatha, the families Helicide, Bulimulide, Achatinide, Uro-. coptide and many others. The later volumes deal with the Achatinellide, Tornatellinide and their allies (in collaboration with C. Montague Cooke), and the Pupillide. These groups have never before been adequately treated ; their beauty, extent, and - intricacy will be a surprise to conchologists who have not given = them special attention. It is believed that students of the Mollusca will find material of value to _ them in these volumes, whether they are interested in species of the world, or in those of a local fauna. In the later volumes the fossil forms also, of the genera dealt with, are classified and listed. Inquiries and subscriptions may be addressed to :— THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 19th AND THE PARKWAY, PHILADELPHIA, PENNA., U.S.A. _ Testacella eating Milax—A. G. STUBBS tC. Vor. 20] 22ND AUGUST, 1935. _[No. 5 JOURNAL Le OR oe CONCHOLOGY FOUNDED 1874. BEING THE ORGAN OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Hon. Editor : _ Hon. Secretary: Hon. Treasurer : J.R.leB. TOMLIN, M.A.,| J. W. JACKSON, D.Sc., | C. OLDHAM, F.L.S., 23 Boscobel Road, The Museum, The Bollin, St. Leonards-on-Sea. The University, Shrublands Road, : Manchester. Berkhamsted. CONTENTS. PAGE Yorkshire Cephalopods—W. J. CLARKE and J. A. STEVENSON . Mollusca of the Sheep Ponds on the Eastbourne Downs— G. SHRUBSOLE - Vertigo genesit Gredler in Central find A. Sp Testacella in Sussex—J. R. LE B. TOMLIN Notes on the Snails of the Mullet, W. Mayo—C. OLDHAM 129 130 142 145 146 : 149 The Dates of Publication of Forbes and Hanley's S Fist. Bri. Moll.—N. FisHer and J. R. te B. ToMiin i Flood-débris in Poland—A. J ANKOWSKI Editorial Notes Proceedings: 13th Oct. ceont: fron iy, 196), noth Nae. 8th Dec., 19343; 12th ae ” oh. Feb., ee March, 6th Apr. . 11th May, 1935 . 150 152 154 155 LONDON: DuLau & Co., Lrp.,; 2STAFFORD ST., OLD Bonp ST., W.1. Sold also at the Headquarters of the Society, THE MANCHESTER MusEuM, THE UNIVERSITY, MANCHESTER. PRINTED BY STEPHEN AUSTIN & Sons, LTp., HERTFORD. NORTH WESTERN NATURALIST A Scientific and Educational J coe (Published Quarterly) especially for Cheshire, Cumberland, Derbyshire, Isle of Man, Lancashire, North ares Sbrepsbite: Staffordshire and Westmorland. Edited by A. A. DALLMAN, ae S. in collaboration with Hz. Britten, F.R. E. S., G. H. Carpenter, D.Sc., R. H. Ce atcrotine. B.Sc., J. Jackson, D.Sc., F.G. ‘S., C. L. Walton, M.Sc., Ph. D., F. E. Weiss, D.Sc.,. B: R. A. Wilson, F.L.S., FE. R. Met. S. W. S.5 Communications to: - Editorial—A. A. Delis. F.C.S., 17 Mount Road, Hr. Tranmere, Birkenhead. = Business—T. Buncle & Co., Market Place, Arbroath. Annual Subscription 7/6. Single Copies 2/- net. Printed by T. Buncle & Co., Arbroath, Scotland. a MEMBERS’ COLUMN NEAR EASTERN MOLLUSCA. - WANTED Literature on Mollusca of Near East, especially Caucasus and Persia. Offered in exchange: Mollusca from Persia. : | Rev. H. E. J. BIGGS, . c/o C.M.S., KERMAN, PERSIA. THE BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA By R. WINCKWORTH, M.A. COPIES may be had at gd. each, post free, from Messrs. DuLau & Co.. Ltp., 2 Stafford St., Old Bond St., a Honden, W.1, or from the Head- quarters of the Society. ADVERTISEMENTS Will be inserted at the following rates :— Whole Page .. 2. 20/- Quarter Page .. ee Half Page = ve’ 12/6 Six Lines or Under .. 3/6 One-third Page en Bf Every Additional Line 6d. THE | JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY. VOL. 20. 22nd AUGUST, 1935. No,, s. YORKSHIRE CEPHALOPODS. By W. J. Criarke, F.Z.S., and J. A. STEVENSON. WHILE a recent paper in this Journal} upon the Cephalopods of the Yorkshire Coast by the junior author was in the press, three additional records were made which should be mentioned to complete the series already published. ‘They are as follows :— Sthenoteuthis caroli (Furtado). (a) 31st January, 1935. A specimen stranded on the sands at South Bay, Scarborough, and discovered by Mr. A. Audibert and Dr. N. Walsh. Length: “... 5 feet from the tip of the longest tentacle to the tip of the tail . . .’; width of fins, 20 inches. Deposited in the Hull Museum. (Clarke.) (b) 13th February, 1935. A specimen stranded on the shore about 14 miles north of Scarborough. Length: 5 ft. 2 in. over all. This specimen was brought by Mr..C. B. Horsman and Mr. Rhodes Wilson to the Scarborough Museum, where it is being preserved. Ommastrephes sagittatus (Lamarck). 23rd March, 1935. A specimen, 374 inches in total length, was stranded on North Sands, Scarborough, and examined by the senior author. Specimen not preserved. 1 Fourn. of Conchol., vol. 20, p. 102. 130 MOLLUSCA OF THE SHEEP PONDS ON THE EASTBOURNE DOWNS. By GEORGE SHRUBSOLE. (Read before the Society, 10th Nov., 1934.) % Tue Downs included in this district are those within a 7 miles radius from Eastbourne. They begin at Beachy Head and the River Cuckmere forms the western boundary, though a small part of the Downs across the river comes within the district. It is probably true to say that there are no natural ponds on the Downs. Without some artificial assistance, such as puddled clay, the ground will not hold water. Scattered over the Downs is a number of ponds used for watering sheep—sheep ponds, popularly known as dew ponds. Originally these ponds were constructed in various ways. After excavating a bed was made with chalk, clay, sand, flints, and straw, according to the maker’s method. The puddled clay rendered it watertight. The ponds were circular in shape with sloping sides. Some of these ponds must have been in existence as long as sheep have been grazed on the Downs. Others no doubt were added at times when the price of wool caused more land to be grazed, going out of use or derelict when the industry fell off. Puddled ponds, however, are liable to damage from the feet of cattle and sheep using them, and in time the bed would leak. The life of a puddled pond may have been about forty years. There have probably been, therefore, several remakings of the older ponds on the same sites. In more recent years the puddled ponds have been replaced by ponds wholly of cement, with wide cemented margins. There is only one puddled pond, in very bad condition, remaining on these Downs to-day. The present cemented ponds show signs of age, and advantage was taken of the lowness of the water in 1933 and 1934 to repair thirteen ponds ; two others have been done recently, probably in 1933. At least four more need attention. A cemented pond should have a longer lease of life than a puddled one, but these ponds give the impression that insufficient cement was used on the sides. With a cracked or broken margin (liable to increase through frost) a pond does not collect a full supply of water in the winter, and so starts the summer short of water and becomes foul. ‘These ponds depend almost entirely upon rainfall for their water supply. Rainfall is greater on the high Downs than in the lower surrounding country, and their wide cement margins increase the catchment area very considerably. A pond 70 feet across has an area of about SHRUBSOLE : MOLLUSCA OF THE EASTBOURNE DOWNS. 131 20 yards square, and at every rainfall the rain over this area is collected in the basin of the pond. Usually these ponds get no land drainage, partly from their situation, sometimes on the highest bit of ground locally, and partly because the excavated material forms a mound round the pond. In the case of one or two ponds, however, the bank has been cut and a cemented drain brings in drainage from suitable higher collecting ground, such as a hard track. Recently three ponds lying alongside the road have had road drainage turned into them. Receiving no land drainage these cemented ponds are normally free from mud. A little slime on the sides under water, often greenish from alge, is all that is seen. In the centre of the pond, however, a black deposit gathers, probably the work of many years, the result of decayed vegetation, grass, and, if there are trees near, leaves, and possibly dead water-weed, but “‘ deposit” ponds usually contain little weed, perhaps Zannichellia, or a Potamogeton of a similar type (linear leaves). There is no body to the deposit; a dredger full of it dipped in the water clears at once, practically no residue remains, except a few grass stems, etc., not yet fully decayed. The quantity of the deposit varies, apart from the age of the pond. Around ponds where there is now no grazing the grass grows long with many plants. This growth dies down and the dead material is blown into the pond. The accumulation of deposit is greatest where the pond is situated in a hollow. If cattle have access to a pond the deposit is largely increased with the insoluble portion of the manure. There is usually an abundance of insect life, gnat larve, water beetles, etc., in these ponds, and in several cases newts occur. Besides the sheep ponds proper there is another kind of pond found on the Downs, the old farm ponds, occurring close to farm buildings. ‘They are puddled ponds, generally in poor condition, verging on derelict, whilst one has been converted into a cement pond. Previous to this survey in 1934 very little conchological work had been done on these ponds. Six of the more easily accessible had been known for some years to contain Limnza pereger ; dredging produced little more. Early in 1934 a pond was brought to notice, hitherto unknown, and the discovery in it of several species, scarcely expected in such a situation, led to a re-examination of the ponds previously visited, with the result that a survey of all the ponds on the Downs was decided on. The drought in 1933, continued in 1934, though it spoilt some ponds through cleaning operations, presented a most favourable opportunity for the examination of their deposits. When the ponds 132 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 5, AUGUST, 1935. are well filled it is practically impossible even with a I dredge to reach the deposit in many ponds. An explanation of the term “ cleaned ”’ as applied later to some of the ponds is necessary. Owing to the drought in 1933 advantage was taken of the lowness of the water to clean a number of ponds. This was not primarily to get rid of any deposit present, but to allow of repairs to the cement work. The pond was emptied of water and the deposit thrown out, and the necessary repairs made. The pond was left to fill with rain, unless it happened to serve a farm. This process if thoroughly carried out would destroy any mollusca present, but it seems probable that in some cases it could be ascertained that the cement in the centre of the pond was sound (the usual defects are cracks in the margin running down into the pond), without entirely emptying it or removing all the deposit. Some such explanation appears to be necessary to account for the fact that though none of these ‘‘ cleaned” ponds showed any mollusca in May, 1934, some young L. pereger appeared later in the year in several of them. It is also probable that some ponds after cleaning stood longer than others waiting for rain, and may even have gone dry. Unfortunately some of these ponds had not been visited before cleaning, and it cannot be ascertained now if they used to hold mollusca. Such of them therefore as show no signs of snails now are omitted when drawing any conclusions from the list. The man who carried out the work on most of the ponds has left the district, and no one has been met with who knows. exactly what tapped at each pond. The heights of the ponds are taken from the Ordnance Map, when given, in other cases from the contours. A pond’s elevation is not a guide to its isolation. To reach a pond in a valley it may be necessary to cross ground over:400 feet high. Mr. Charles Oldham very kindly named the Pisidia for this survey, and Mr. T. J. Richards, of Eastbourne, the pond weeds. NOTES ON THE PONDS. (1) Pashley.—Held L. pereger up to cleaning in 1933. Deposit ; probably vegetable and small, but difficult to reach. No weeds. In some six visits during the year only two young L. pereger were seen, 5th July, 1934. (2) Beachy Head Road. I.—Held L. pereger up to cleaning in 1933. Deposit; now receives road drainage. Difficult to dredge. SHRUBSOLE : MOLLUSCA OF THE EASTBOURNE DOWNS. 133 No weeds. L. pereger (young) found on 8th August and sub- sequently. 1934. L. pereger plentiful. 1935. (3) Beachy Head Road. II.—Exactly the same as Pond (2). (4) Black Robin Bottom.—Derelict; only mud, manure, and rubbish in centre, with a little rain water. May, 1934. Cement had been repaired and possibly some mud removed. Full of water, but still muddy. March, 1935. (5) East Hale Bottom.—Thick deposit, largely cow manure. No weeds ; newts numerous. L. pereger abundant. May, 1934. Cement had been repaired and pond cleaned out. Scarcely any deposit. No signs of L. pereger. March, 1935. (6) Wigden’s Bottom.—Not known previous to cleaning in 1933. But little deposit and no signs of molluscs. May, 1934, and March, 1935. (7) South of Polo Ground.—Derelict ; mud, manure, and rubbish in centre with a little rain-water. Would be dry later. No signs of mollusca. May, 1934. Half filled with water (winter rain); very foul. March, 1935. (8) Bullock Down Farm.—Not known previous to cleaning in 1933. No snails or weed. April, 1934. A lot of chalky mud has been brought in by drain, March, 1935. (9) Bullock Down. I. Not visited previous to cleaning in 1933. No weed or snails. April, 1934. Slight deposit, little weed just showing. Full of L. pereger (young). March, 1935. (10) Bullock Down. I1.—Not visited previous to cleaning in 1933. No snails or weed. April, 1934. Very little deposit, no snails. March, 1935. (11) Belle Tout.—Not visited previous to cleaning in 1933. No deposit or snails, several visits. 1934. Slight deposit, conferve, and some weed just showing. No snails. March, 1935. (12) Crow Link.—Cement in very bad condition, large patches missing, pond cannot fill within 10 feet of margin, consequently starts the summer short of water. Water very low and foul by July. Very heavy vegetable deposit. ‘Thick bed of Chara fragilis, some Ranunculus aquatilis, duckweed, and Conferve. Dredged several times, no sign of any mollusca. 1934. Pond 12 feet below margin, less than 2 feet of water above deposit. Full of Conferve. No mollusca. 27th March, 1935. 134 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 5, AUGUST, 1935. (13) Pea Down.—Not visited before, but looks as if it had been cleaned. No deposit within reach, some slime and cow manure, water coloured by it apparently. No weeds and no signs of snails. July, 1934. | , Pond heavily charged with manure and margin covered with it. ‘This must wash into pond. No weed or snails. 1st April, 1935. It seems likely that ponds used by large herds of cattle must be cleaned or raked out at no long intervals. This pond may have been cleaned in 1933, and may require it again at the end of this summer. Some ponds are wired off from cattle. Regular cleaning might eliminate snails if present or prevent them establishing themselves. | (14) Down’s Golf.—Fairly thick deposit with some mud, a cemented drain brings in drainage water. Water rather low. A few small patches of Zannichellia palustris. S. lacustre plentiful. roth July, 1934, and 26th March, 1935. Thick deposit. No weed, well filled with water. (15) Hill Cottages Margin of pond showed some repairs had taken place, probably in 1933. Well filled with water, thick vegetable deposit in centre. A little weed. Potamogeton pectinatus. ‘wo living L. pereger and three dead shells ; one dead newt. A careful search revealed nothing more. ‘The pond.had probably not been cleaned out, but in repairing the margin when the water was low some lime may have killed off the stock of snails. July, 1934. : Pond well filled. One large L. pereger and a number of young. 26th March, 1935. (16) Willingdon Golf.—Thick deposit. Only a few inches of foul water. Would be dry last year and probably again this. No weed or signs of snails. roth July, 1934. Fair supply of water, but cement margin faulty. 13th April, 1935. (17) Oxendean.—Not visited previous to cleaning in 1933. Vegetable deposit, but a drain brings in some mud. No signs of any mollusca in April. The pond got very low by October; the farm pond having failed, water was taken for farm purposes. It was possible to dredge all the deposit and some S. lacustre were found. 1934. Pond rather full. No weeds, some Conferve. It was only possible to reach the edge of the deposit, but one S. lacustre was found. March, 1935. (18) Bourne Hill.—Small deposit, but cemented drain brings in land drainage. No weeds. S. lacustre in fair numbers. A few dead adults, the living half-grown. 4th June, 1934. SHRUBSOLE : MOLLUSCA OF THE EASTBOURNE DOWNS. 135 Upper cement work poor condition. Only half-full. iS. lacustre. 12th April, 1935. | (19) Ratton Park.—Very heavy deposit, chiefly leaves and manure. Much Conferve and Ranunculus aquatilis in patches. L. stagnalis most plentiful, and newts. May, 1934, and March, 1935. Not much water. Heavy deposit, many leaves. Much Conferve and weed just showing. (19a) Ratton Park.—Derelict. Only some rain-water in pond, which must have been dry 1933-4. March, 1935. (20) Ratton (Willingdon).—Cement of margin broken in places. Heavy deposit with manure and leaves. A little Ranunculus aquatilis and Conferve. No trace of snails. May and June, 1934. Water low. No snails. April, 1935. (21) Hanging Hill—Top 15 feet of margin has been recoated with cement, probably 1933. Heavy deposit leaves and manure. A little weed, Zannichellia palustris and Ranunculus aquatilis. No sign of snails or bivalves. 4th June, 1934. Pond rather full. Difficulty in reaching deposit. A lot of dredging produced six S. lacustre (two dead). No signs of L. pereger, which was seen in this pond some years ago; the cementing may have killed them. March, 1935. (22) Water Works Drive-—Derelict, cement faulty. In wet weather it holds about a foot of water. Dry in 1933 and 1934. At times there are newts. May, 1934. Only a little water in centre of pond. March, 1935. _ (23) Middle Brow.—Cement margin in bad condition, but the basin appears quite sound. Deposit, vegetable, but difficult to reach. Algze and slime on the sides. L. pereger numerous. 17th May, 1934. Pond fairly full, water greenish. No L. pereger could be seen, but dredging produced some young snails. A wild duck was on the pond, and this may account for no snails being visible. 2nd April, 1935. (24) Long Man.—A rectangular pond with rounded ends and steep sides. Known to have held L. pereger for some years. Con- siderable vegetable deposit. Some slime on sides. A little Potamogeton pusillus. L. pereger but no bivalves. May, 1934. (25) High and Over.—A rectangular pond with rounded ends and exceptionally steep sides. ‘Has held L. pereger for some years. Noticing that mud (excavated earth) had accumulated at the lower end, the pond was carefully dredged. JL. pereger numerous and Pisidium casertanum and P. nitidum occurred freely in the mud. April, 1042, 136 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 5, AUGUST, 1935. Later the road past the pond was widened and much earth got in along the whole length. Road drainage was also turned into the ond. : In May, 1934, a thick bed of Potamogeton lucens covered the mud, with a few patches of Ranunculus aquatilis and later Chara fragilis. Dredging produced in addition to L. pereger, P. casertanum and P. nitidum, and for the first time S. lacustre. ‘Two further visits in May and July produced the same result. 1934. (31) Snap Hill—Cement in very bad condition. Dry in 1933 and 1934. Pond had been dry but recent rain had just covered the deposit ; vegetable with a little mud. Dead weed, too rotten to identify, covered the deposit. ‘The latter was too hard to dredge but six dead (adult) S. lacustre were lying on it. 28th July, 1934. Water only 10-12 feet across. Ranunculus aquattlis fairly thick. Thorough dredging produced one dead S. lacustre and one living (young). Should pond dry again, as is most probable with so little water, S. lacustre can scarcely survive. 2nd April, 1935. (32) Charlston Bottom.—Derelict and dry. July, 1934. (26) East Dean Road.—The only puddled sheep pond which has not been cemented. In poor condition, gets very low but not quite dry. Ranunculus aquatilis plentiful, with Zannichellia palustris and Conferve. Some Alisma plantago. Glyceria fluitans all round the sides. L. pereger plentiful, with P. crista, S. lacustre, and P. mitum. May, 1934. (27) Peakdean.—A derelict farm pond; mud and manure with some rain water in the hollows. No sign of mollusca. 28th May, 1934. (28) Fristonn—An old farm pond. ‘The basin of the pond is mud, but nearly all round this is flat ground several yards in width. This 1s covered with 5 or 6 inches of water when the pond is full. This shallow is a mass of matted Glyceria fluitans and in places j. communis. ‘The pond proper can only be dredged when the water is low in summer. The pond contains Ranunculus aquatilis and Conferve abundantly and some duckweed, L. minor. In 1933 the pond was dry but the mud wet; in 1934 some rain in August kept it going. The pond has been known to hold L. pereger for twenty years. About 1928 H. jenkinst was taken for the first time, and on 5th April, 1934, L. stagnalis and P. albus. Later in the year, when the water fell, the pond was dredged. 8S. lacustre and P. milium were taken in the mud. JL. stagnalis increased in numbers all SHRUBSOLE : MOLLUSCA OF THE EASTBOURNE DOWNS. 137 through the year, and by September no L. pereger could be seen and it was difficult to find one. 1934. Pond very full. LZ. stagnalis very numerous, only one L. pereger found by dredging. May, 1935. (29) Sheep High.—An old farm pond in bad condition, dries in most summers. Quite dry and hard in 1933. In May there was about a foot of water. Pond very heavily weeded with Ranunculus aquatilis, Potamogeton densus, Zannichellia palustris, and Glyceria fluitans all round the edge. SS. lacustre found freely in the mud. A few weeks later the pond was overgrown with weeds, the Glyceria in particular encroaching over the pond. By July the pond was dry, the mud in the centre hard and cracked, the weeds dead, but the Glyceria covering nearly all the pond was alive though lying flat. It is probable under this thick mass there is sufficient moisture to keep the S. lacustre alive. 1934. (30) Oxendean.—An old farm pond in very bad condition. It only holds water in wet weather. Dry in 1933 and in 1934 except for a week or two in April. Quite hard and dusty by June, and remained dry for the rest of the year, except when rain fell. L. truncatula was most abundant on the banks of the pond in April and on the mud in May, when the water fell. There are no signs of any other mollusca. 1934. SUMMARY. Ten species of mollusca occur in these ponds: L. pereger, L. stagnalis, L. truncatula, H. jenkinsi, P. albus, P. crista, S. lacustre, P. casertanum, P. milium, and. P. nitidum. Three heavily muddied ponds are noticeable for the number of species they contain: Friston, with six; East Dean Road, with four; and High and Over, with four species. Only the last is a cemented pond, but now contains so much mud that it is equivalent to a puddled one. All the species can be found amongst them except L. truncatula. In no other ponds does more than one species occur. L. truncatula occurs once and L. stagnalis once also. The only species which show anything like a general dispersal are L. pereger and S. lacustre, and each has an essential condition. For L. pereger it appears absolutely necessary that the pond must hold a good supply of water, with no likelihood of any shortage. Probably in a cement pond if the water gets low it becomes warm and loses its aeration, and the cement sides become too hot for the snails to crawl out on. 138 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 5, AUGUST, 1935. _ Thirty-three ponds have been visited. From them must be deducted six derelict, two foul condition, and three drying ponds. There are also six ponds which have been “ cleaned’’. As they © are not known to have held L. pereger before cleaning and do not now, they must be omitted also. This leaves sixteen possible habitats. L. pereger does occupy eleven of them, and L. stagnalis another. Of the four unoccupied ponds, three certainly are verging on low water. In two of them land drainage has been turned in, evidently to help with this deficiency. The fourth pond, used by cattle, appears to be subject to raking at intervals to clear it from manure. It may thus be said L. pereger has found its way into practically every pond suitable to its requirements. It is more than likely that the cleaned ponds did contain this snail. ‘Take those in the Beachy Head group—nine good ponds, five occupied by L. pereger. It is strange if the others were blank, as the ponds are comparatively close together, and in the case of three of these the cleaning can be seen to have been very thorough; one was relined throughout. For S. lacustre a plentiful supply of water is not a necessity ; but there must be some mud in addition to the vegetable deposit. Leaving out the derelict farm ponds, there are eleven ponds on these Downs with more or less mud in their deposit. Two are in a very foul condition, but the remaining nine all hold S. lacustre, notwithstanding the fact that two were dry and hard in 1933 and 1934 and several had only a few inches of water over the mud. SPECIES RECENTLY INTRODUCED INTO THE PONDS. From the notes it will be seen that additional species have appeared in two ponds, Friston and High and Over, whilst they have been under observation. Both ponds lie alongside the road, and in recent years some miles of road have been remade in their neighbourhood, for which they supplied water for the use of the steam-roller ; the water being pumped from the ponds into a water cart. ‘This cart possibly came up on to the Downs full of water as a supply for the journey ; even if it did not, it would be certain to contain some water and mud from previous fillings. Standing in the pond to refill, the overflow would introduce some of this ditch-water and mud into the pond, with possibly some snails or spawn. The dates at which road-making took place appear to confirm this surmise. They were kindly furnished by the Surveyor of the East Sussex County Council. SHRUBSOLE : MOLLUSCA OF THE EASTBOURNE DOWNS. 139 Friston Pond. The water-cart was at the pond in 1926, 1929, and 1932. This pond is known to have held L. pereger since 1910. In 1928 or 1929 H. jenkinst was taken for the first time. On 15th April, 1930, a visit to the pond produced L. pereger and H. jenkinsi only. On 5th April, 1934, in addition to the above species, L. stagnalis and P. albus were taken. JL. stagnalis, especially the adult snails, were easily detected without dredging. In number they were about equal to L. pereger. ‘This species could not have been overlooked for years. It must have been introduced with P. albus in 1929 or 1932. The bivalves in the pond are not taken into consideration, as the pond was not thoroughly dredged before April, 1934. High and Over Pond. The water-cart was at this pond in 1930, and again when the road was widened, probably 1932. L. pereger has been seen and taken here since 1927. It was not dredged. It was carefully dredged for the first time on 19th April, 1932. P. nitidum was taken freely and P. casertanum in lesser numbers. The pond was dredged again on ist May, 1934. S. lacustre, both adult and young, was immediately taken with the two species of Pisidia. This species cannot have been established in the pond in April, 1932, and been overlooked. It Is quite possible now to dredge 10-12 S. lacustre without finding any Pisidia. Pond Weeds. There are only five heavily weeded ponds, all with much mud— Friston, East Dean Road, Sheep High, High and Over, and Crow Link. The first three, puddle ponds, carry a general crop with a good deal. of Glyceria encroaching on them as the water falls in summer. High and Over has a very thick bed of Potamogeton lucens and Crow Link becomes very foul from its shortage of water and decay of Chara fragilis. The cement ponds carrying plenty of water (vegetable deposit) usually are very lightly weeded; one or more of Zannichellia or similar Potamogeton and Ranunculus aquatilis. In ponds containing mud, the crop of weed is on similar lines but generally heavier. In some ponds Conferva is very thick. With only two species of mollusca showing anything like a general distribution among the ponds it does not seem possible to connect the weeds with the dispersal of the snails. Conferve on the feet of birds might act as a carrier of spawn or young snails. JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 5, AUGUST, 1935. 140 *a4ISNID] *S! SGNOd dO LSI “OUONT ‘pny, ‘usodaq osy “TTTH eurnog QI "aAISNID] * SI! “dUON “€£61 “pouvayy ove “uUBvIPUIXGO "AI — "sUON | ‘Hsodep yoryy, [NOT | o8% "JOD UopsuryiMm | “Gt "(i €€61) pouvata *4asasag *'T *snjpuijad *10q . *2TvWT] “ysodoaq of9 "$93¥110Z [TH SE *a4ISNID] * S! ‘suuysnyog -uuvZ *9TWT] ‘pny ‘“qsodeq oLV ‘Jo "y ‘JJOD s.uUMOGg "VI “sUON “sUON ‘ainuep, =" ysodeq 007 “uUMOC] BOg we ‘QUON "syieosf DADYyT) *KABOTT ‘ysodep Yoryy, ‘[Noy Ovi ‘yUur']T MOIdD a =e see "€€61 ‘pouvayy OSI *(MOTIq) NOT, AMP “II = ; == “€€61 ‘pauva ozVv "T] ‘uMmOod yong ‘OI “S61 ‘4asasag *'T P ID et Ge ed te | pera = "€L61 ‘pouvsya oLf "T ‘umoqg »porTjng 6 es — "EL61 ‘pauvs[D oSv "ULIR UMOG Yong °Q a a "JOT]919q oS? ‘punolg ofog jo ‘Ss 1 oF mL “€€61 “pouvay O61 "UI01}0g S, UspSIAA "9 ‘PlO1 ‘pauveaya “sasadad *'T — ‘ginueyA, “jsodeq glz "WI0}}0G IeET sey “S$ = = *yO1[019 ESe "u10}]0g UIQOY yow ‘y “SE61 ‘uasasad *'T cs ees : a COU Pele ‘(Aprouni0j) 4ada4ag “'T ae "€€61 ‘pours Qgr I] ‘peoy peop Ayovog x “SEO ‘sasasad *'T *(AjteuwI0j) sadauad *'T — “€£L61 ‘pouvsy b6v "] ‘peoy peop Ayoveg ee "SE61 ‘uasasad *'T *(Aj1owI0j) sadasag *'T — “€£61 ‘pouvsy cvs -Aapysedg a vosn oe : TOW SP99 A UOI}IPUOZ) 1ST owe Ny ON Ga.LNaWaD 141 MOLLUSCA OF THE EASTBOURNE DOWNS. SHRUBSOLE "DINJDIUNAY *'T “Q4ISNIVD] * SF) "MnyMmd “J ‘aaqsnav] “Sy ‘snqDD *q’ “isuayual * Fy "sypuspjs *T ‘sasasag "TT "wnyMm “gq °aaqsnv] *S "DISUI *q ‘dasasad *'T *"(peap) aujsnav] +S! ee te "MNUDIAISDD * I “adJSNID] *S! “4asasag *'T “saBasag *'T -4a8aaad * 7 “S€61 ‘asysnav] °S' "QUONT *SYDUSBDIS *'T BOSN]JOJI “sUON *staqsnyog ‘uuvz *snsuap *10gq ‘syuyonbo ‘upy “KARdzT "AOUIML DUULA'T ‘syuonbp "ung = “HOTU I, ‘staysnjog ‘uun7 ‘syyonbo ‘upg “AAvozy “syqonbo ‘uny = BTW "SU1sDAL DADY'D °$771JDNDD “UD "snamn] "10g * Olu I, ‘sngyisng "20g apy “esTy *staqsnjog ‘uuo7 ‘syyonbv “uoy = 8] *“suijzonbv “uDYy “®WAIOZUOD ope] ‘syyonbo ‘upy = ‘opwy SPpo90 "PRIA “PRIA Ee *pOITaIIG Bek k Ca.LNAWAON() BRicrcre| ‘pny ‘ysodocq *ysod3q “yisodaq ‘PNA *yisodeq *qO1]9I9G ‘ainueyyy = «*yisodaq *(¢ €€61) poursy ‘oainueyy =‘ysodeq "qOTPAIIG ‘oInuey[y, «“ysodeaq uolyIpuoD Oc? alers CIe Stz Ogz oS! oSi Ooze Ooze oor oof 1207 IYysIOY “UBsPUIKO "sos¥}10D Yystyy dseys "U04SIIT “uvopyeog “peoy uveq 4seq “w0}}0g UO s]IeyD ‘IH deus “ISAQ) pue YSsITy “uURT] SUuO'T ‘uvap “189M Jo “ay ‘MoIg 9ZIppIyy “SATIC] SHIOANA IOV AA ‘(surpopy) TH sursuezy ‘(UOpsSUTT[IAA 9AOge) U0373eyy "yieg u0yey SUB KT of ~o<e 142 VERTIGO GENESII GREDLER IN CENTRAL IRELAND. By R.A. Pamitps, MLR.1A. (Read before the Society, 11th May, 1935.) TuE discovery in 1924 of Vertigo genesti, first in a fossil state in © King’s County and then as a living species in Queen’s County, suggested the probability that it would be found living in other parts of Ireland. After repeated searches in likely-looking ground in many localities during subsequent years I was at last successful in finding, on the 18th October, 1931, four living specimens in a mixed gathering of Vertigo and other mollusca collected on that day at Fiagh Bog near Borrisokane, Co. ‘Tipperary. Bearing in mind, and guided by the nature of, the habitat at that locality, I again, two years later, met with V. geneszz in similar spots in bogs near Ballinasloe and near Tuam, Co. Galway. At each of those localities the habitat lies on the margin of an extensive peat- bog at spots which during summer and autumn are damp or spongy, according to the amount of rainfall, and during winter and spring are usually in a more or less swampy condition, places where the flora of the adjoining pasture lands mingles with that of the bog and marsh, producing a thick, luxuriant vegetation composed largely of grass, sedge, and rush. In August, 1934, I found the species living near Roscrea, Co. Tipperary, the habitat there being small, dense patches of bog-rush, sedge, and grass in a wet hollow, watered by springs, at the foot of a hill-side pasture. Details of these new localities and the vice-counties in which they are situated are :— TIPPERARY NORTH. (1) Fiagh Bog, 3 miles north-east of Borrisokane, October, 1931, and on three subsequent dates. Luxuriant beds of bog-rush (Scheenus nigricans) among which grow various grasses including Molinia, Festuca ovina, Agrostis alba, Holcus lanatus, Poa trivialis, Anthoxanthum, with Carex spp. and Eriophorum, by the sides of shallow drains which separate the bog from the road which runs across it. Vertigo moulinsiana, in abundance, accompanies V. genesit at this locality. (2) Near Roscrea, August, 1934, also February, 1935. About 2 miles north-west of the town, by the Birr railway in a small wet field between the railway embankment and hilly pasture-land. V. genesti sparingly in small tufts or stools of Scheenus nigricans 1 Fourn. of Conch., vol. 17, 1925, pp. 236-240. PHILLIPS : VERTIGO GENESII GREDLER IN CENTRAL IRELAND. 143 with a mixture of Funcus obtusiflorus, Molinia, Festuca ovina, other grasses, and various sedges. This habitat is much interfered with and curtailed by the grazing and trampling of cattle. The place is not far from Golden Grove and Gloster, King’s County, where the shell was first discovered, as a fossil, in Ireland by Mr. A. W. Stelfox. V. moulinsiana lives in a similar habitat less than a quarter of a mile distant. GALWAY SOUTH. Pollboy Bog, 2 miles south of Ballinasloe, September, 1933, and July, 1934. A wet peaty spot near the bank of the canal which passes through the bog. Juncus conglomeratus, F. articulatus, Molinia, and various pasture grasses and sedges growing with, or close to, typical bog plants such as Scirpus cxspitosus, Eriophorum vaginatum, Drosera, Erica tetralix, Osmunda, etc. V. genesit, adult and juvenile, seen crawling and resting on soft over-mature leaves of grasses and sedges on a damp day in July. The habitat is in the midst of a thicket of gorse interspersed with willows, birches, and bog myrtle. GALWAY NORTH. Cloonascragh Bog, 2 miles south of Tuam, October, 1933, and July, 1934. V. genesi fairly plentiful in marshy spots where the edge of the bog meets the base of an extensive esker ridge. Pasture grasses dominant, with Molinia, Funcus spp., Carex spp., Typha, Spirea, Menyanthes, Hydrocotyle, and other moisture-loving plants. Adults and juveniles were plentiful in July. Thus, all the known localities for Vertigo genesit in Ireland occur at intervals of approximately 20 miles along a line running north- west for about 75 miles across the Central Limestone Plain from Mountmellick and Roscrea to Tuam. Each habitat is either directly connected with, or lies within a mile or two of, one of the great lowland peat-bogs which form such characteristic and remarkable features on the surface of Central Ireland. This distribution leads to the conclusion that V. genesii probably lives in suitable spots throughout the midland counties of Ireland. There is no apparent reason why it should be absent from other parts of the country, but frequent searches for it in bogs and marshy places in the south and west have, so far, been unsuccessful. As the shell occurs in fossil deposits in England and in Scotland, it seems quite likely that it still exists in a living state in those countries, possibly in damp grassy places on moors or near the edges of marshes. Gredler’s original habitat for the species was “‘ an alpine pasture’ near Bozen in the Tyrol. 144 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 5, AUGUST, 1935. Vertigo genesit appears to require a more specialized habitat than most other Irish members of the genus. V. pygmza, V. antivertigo, V. substriata, and even V. lilljeborgt and V. moulinsiana may all be found adapting themselves, in their respective habitats, to various situations, such as under or among stones, under logs, in layers of decaying vegetable matter as well as on growing plants, but V. genesz, _ so far as I could discover, seems to confine itself to the living vegetation in places that are permanently damp or semi-swampy, — particularly to spots where the finer-leaved grasses and sedges, even though growing among rushes and larger plants, are dominant and dense, their roots and lower parts standing in wet soil, or some- times in shallow water, their upper parts luxuriant and leafy. As the little snails shelter and are hidden among the leaves and stems during the summer and autumn months, the easiest way to detect their presence and obtain specimens is to cut handfuls of the herbage close to the ground, shake them over a sheet of paper or other material, and pick out the Vertigo and associated molluscs from among the débris. This can be done in the field. By those means the mollusca associated with V. genesit in each of the four habitats here dealt with were found to be :— Vertigo pygmza, V. antivertigo, V. substriata, Agriolimax levis, Hyalinia crystallina, Hy. radiatula, Zonitoides nitidus, Euconulus fulvus, Punctum pygmzum, Cochlicopa lubrica, Succinea pfetffert, Carychium minimum, and Limnea truncatula. In addition Hygromia hispida, Vallonia pulchella, and Pupa anglica were present at Fiagh and Roscrea. Columella edentula occurred at Fiagh, Pollboy, and Cloonascragh, and, as already mentioned, Vertigo moulinsiana was an abundant associate at Fiagh Bog. Occasional specimens, mostly dead shelis, of Lymnza pereger, Planorbis contortus, Pisidium cinereum, and P. personatum also appeared, but could not be regarded as associates of the land species. Though habitually living under moist conditions and probably subject to occasional submergence, V. genes can evidently exist for long periods in a perfectly dry atmosphere. Three specimens, collected at Fiagh Bog on 25th November, 1934, which were forgotten and left by themselves in a small glass tube (2 in. X 4 in.) appeared to have quite dried up when rediscovered early in February, 1935, but crawled about quite actively when a narrow strip of moistened paper was placed with them in the tube. The plants occurring most frequently among the species which compose the floral associations of the V. genesit habitats are :— Funcus obtusifiorus, F. conglomeratus, fF. articulatus, Scheenus nigricans, Eriophorum angustifolium, Triglochin palustre, Eleocharis PHILLIPS : VERTIGO GENESII GREDLER IN CENTRAL IRELAND. 145 palustris, Carex teretiuscula, C. echinata, C. vulgaris, C. glauca, C. panicea, C. flava, C. hirta, Anthoxanthum odoratum, Agrostis canina, A. alba, Holcus lanatus, Molinia cerulea, Poa trivialis, P. pratensis, Festuca elatior, F. ovina. Ranunculus flammula, Cardamine pratensis, Viola palustris, Lychnis flos-cuculi, Potentilla palustris, Epilobium palustre, Hydro- cotyle vulgaris, Galium palustre, Scabiosa succisa, Menyanthes trifoliata, Mentha .aquatica, Orchis maculata, O. ericetorum, O. latifolia. Larger plants which grow among the foregoing but are not apparently frequented by V. genesit are: Spirza ulmaria, Angelica sylvestris, Cnicus palustris, C. pratensis, Lythrum salicaria, Typha latifolia, Phalaris arundinacea, Phragmites, Salix aurita, S. cinerea, Myrica gale. Moss (Hypnum spp.) is sometimes plentiful among the other plants but is shunned by V. genesit. The rushes (Schenus and Juncus spp.) serve a useful purpose in protecting habitats to which browsing animals have access as, being hard and unpalatable, cattle usually pass the spots where they are dominant, thus allowing the grasses and other leafy plants which grow among them and are essential to the well-being of V. genes to develop and mature. No actual tests were made as to whether the soil of those Irish habitats was of an alkaline or acid nature. The Pollboy habitat, however, is on pure peat and undoubtedly acid. The Cloonascragh and Fiagh habitats, being on the margins of bogs where the layers of peat are thin, disintegrated, and mixed with the marly subsoil and matter washed in from the adjoining esker and other limestone surroundings, are probably more or less alkaline. ‘The Roscrea habitat also appears to be alkaline, as the whole district is calcareous and overlying peat is not present in the neighbourhood. It therefore seems probable that V. genesit is indifferent as to the presence or absence of lime in its immediate surroundings. Testacella in Sussex.—Two species of Testacella have occurred regularly in the St. Leonards district at any rate for the past ten years. T. haltotidea is fairly common in the gardens at Beauport Park, and has been sent or shown to me by Mr. Grinsted, the bailiff, on various occasions. I’. scutulum occurs regularly but sparingly every spring in my own garden. —J. R. LE B. Tomtiin. Ge) 146 NOTES ON THE SNAILS OF THE MULLET, WESTERN MAYO. By C. OLDHAM. (Read before the Soctety, oth March, 193 5.) A. W. STELFOx’s contribution to the survey of Clare Island in Co. Mayo, undertaken by the Royal Irish Academy some twenty- five years ago, was an account of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca, not only of Clare Island itself but of other islands and of districts on the near-by mainland.t One of these districts is the Mullet Peninsula, a bare, isolated region, almost an island. The peninsula consists of several low rocky masses, once islands but now connected with one another by extensive areas of blown sand, bare dunes, and flat areas more or less covered by sward. ‘There are four large shallow lakes and some smaller pools with sandy beds. Stelfox’s time for field work on the Mullet was limited to an evening and the whole of the next day (30th and 31st March, 1910) when, despite unfavourable weather—a dry, cold north wind—he observed thirty-eight species.? In June, 1933, and July, 1934, I spent a few days on the Mullet, and with more leisure and better weather conditions I was able to add eight species, found alive, and from debris at Lough Leam, other four species. This débris comprised a miscellaneous assemblage of land and freshwater snails, some of which, judging by the condition of their periostraca, had not long been dead, and others, perhaps not always of the same age, which had been washed out of the crumbling sand of the dunes on which the lake is encroaching on its north-west margin. Of the species found alive, but not seen by Stelfox, one, Paludestrina jenkins1, has probably arrived since his visit ; the others are, as probably, old colonists; but all are perhaps worth brief mention. Clausilia rugosa (Drap.). In the sward among the rocks on Annagh Head. A short tumid form, apparently var. septentrionalis (A. Schmidt) ; the mean dimensions of six examples are 8°8 < 2°4 mm. Vallonia excentrica Sterki.? Several under pieces of board on the blown sand near Lough Leam. * Clare Island Survey, Part 23, Land and Freshwater Mollusca, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. xxxi. 2 Mr. Stelfox tells me that a thirty-ninth species—Paludestrina ventrosa— was included in his Mullet list in error. 3 Mr. Stelfox tells me that when writing his report he did not discriminate between V. pulchella and V. excentrica, and that the shells there referred to as pulchella were in fact excentrica. OLDHAM : NOTES ON THE SNAILS OF THE MULLET, WESTERN MAYO. 147 Physa fontinalts (L.) \ Bithynia tentaculata (L.)J the blown sand a mile north-west of Aghleam. Paludestrina jenkinst (Smith). In a trickle of water among the ‘dunes near Binghamstown; abundant in the Loughs of Termoncarragh, Leam and Ardmore. The Lough Leam shells are very tumid and quite unlike those from the other stations. Pisidtum cinereum (Alder) P. subtruncatum (Malm) Binghamstown. P. lilljeborgu (Cless.). In the sandy bed of Lough Ardmore, associated with a peculiar form of P. nitidum, in which the posterior margin is much truncated and slopes steeply to the ventral margin and the umbonal striz are unusually pronounced, a form very near, Mr. Stelfox says, to his var. arenicola. The sandy bed of Cross Lough seems suitable for P. lilljeborgii and I looked for it in several places, but in vain. Mr. Stelfox tells me, however, that some time after the publication of his report he discovered a single young shell in a gathering of P. nitidum from this lake. Among Chara in a shallow pond on }In a trickle among the dunes near LoucH LEAmM. Lough Leam, south-west from Binghamstown, is a shallow lake, flooded by salt water at spring tides. No marine species and, apart from Paludestrina jenkinst, no brackish water species now live in the lake, although large numbers of dead shells of Mya arenaria are embedded, still erect, in the sandy bed, and a few dead shells of a Rissoa were seen in the jetsam on the shore. In 1910 Stelfox found Paludestrina stagnalis in abundance; I saw none. These facts suggest that not long ago the lake-was more saline than it is to-day ; but, be that as it may, the water at some slightly earlier period must have been less saline than it is to-day and have supported a considerable freshwater fauna. Shells of land and of freshwater species are to be seen embedded in the blown sand on the north-western edge of the lough; and these, washed out of the crumbling sand cliff, are associated with shells of other species such as Vitrina pellucida, Helicella itala, Cochlicella barbara, Vallonia spp. and Cepzwa nemoralis, that have probably been washed or blown into the lough from the sward, and others such as Hyalinia alliaria, H. radiatula, Cochlicopa lubrica, Vertigo antivertigo, V. pygmza, Succinea pfeifferi, and Limnza truncatula, which may still survive in the adjoining marsh, and Paludestrina jenkinst which lives in the lough, in the miscellaneous débris that has drifted into little depressions in the floor of the 148 JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, VOL. 20, NO. 5, AUGUST, 1935. lough, or as jetsam on its shore. Whilst the age of individual shells in the débris may be doubtful it is certain that all the species, whether still surviving or not, were living in or near the lough not -long ago. About as much of this drifted débris as would fill a quart measure was washed and cleaned; the residual shells comprised thirty species, of which four, marked with an asterisk, are additions to Stelfox’s Mullet list. An attempt to show their relative frequency has been made by assigning them in the following list to four classes : A, from one to six specimens (giving actual numbers) ; B, from seven to twenty-five; C, from twenty-six to a hundred; D, exceeding a hundred. Vitrina pellucida (Miill.), B. All fresh shells. Hyalinia alliaria (Miller), A. Four. FH. radiatula (Alder), A. ‘Three. H, crystallina (Mill.), A. One. | : Punctum pygmzum (Drap.), B. Most of the shells with periostracum in good condition. * Sphyradium edentulum (Drap.), A. One. An elongate shell devoid of periostracum. Helicella ttala (L. Bae Ae Cochlicella oe (L.) }B. ae is ove Leas Bae Many of the shells are clearly referable to one or the other, but the specific identity of some is uncertain. Cepza nemoralis (Mill.), B. All “live” shells. Cochlicopa lubrica (Miull.), D. Mostly fresh shells, derived presumably from the sward. Pupa anglica (Fér.), A. One. An adult, devoid of periostracum. P. muscorum( L.), A. Three. Worn shells, lacking periostracum, and probably coeval with the Sphyradium edentulum and Pupa anglica. ‘The extensive sandy areas in the Mullet are, judged by English criteria, ideal for this species ; and it is puzzling to explain why, if there at all, it should not be found alive and in abundance. In the area of the Clare Island survey Stelfox found it only on Inishbofin and there only as a fossil. Vertigo antivertigo (Drap.), D. Varies much in size; some of the shells obviously fresh. V. pygmza (Drap.), B. Varies in size and condition like the last. Claustlia rugosa (Drap.), A. Six. All worn shells. Succinea pfeifferti Rossm., C. Most of the shells are fossilized, but others quite fresh. This species is not uncommon in damp places in the sward of the blown sand areas. Carychium minimum (Mill.), B. Some fossilized, others fresh. OLDHAM : NOTES ON THE SNAILS OF THE MULLET, WESTERN MAYO. I49 Limnza pereger (Miill.), D. In great abundance. The majority have tall spires and narrow mouths, but there is considerable variation in both respects. L. palustris (Miil.), A. One. A small worn shell. L. truncatula (Mill.), D. Some fossilized, but most quite fresh.